Commit Graph

11505 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Alvaro Herrera 24ea53dcfa
Avoid overflow in fe_utils' printTable()
The original code would miscalculate the total number of cells when the
table to print has more than ~4 billion cells, leading to an unnecessary
error.  Repair by changing some computations to be 64-bits wide.  Add
some necessary overflow checks.

Author: Hongxu Ma <interma@outlook.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TYBP286MB0351B057B101C90D7C1239E6B4E2A@TYBP286MB0351.JPNP286.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM
2023-11-21 14:55:29 +01:00
Jeff Davis b282fa88df simplehash: preserve consistency in case of OOM.
Compute size first, then allocate, then update the structure.

Previously, an out-of-memory when growing could leave the hashtable in
an inconsistent state.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231117201334.eyb542qr5yk4gilq@awork3.anarazel.de
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Gurjeet Singh
2023-11-17 13:58:16 -08:00
Michael Paquier b1e5c9fa9a Change logtape/tuplestore code to use int64 for block numbers
The code previously relied on "long" as type to track block numbers,
which would be 4 bytes in all Windows builds or any 32-bit builds.  This
limited the code to be able to handle up to 16TB of data with the
default block size of 8kB, like during a CLUSTER.  This code now relies
on a more portable int64, which should be more than enough for at least
the next 20 years to come.

This issue has been reported back in 2017, but nothing was done about it
back then, so here we go now.

Reported-by: Peter Geoghegan
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznCscXnWmnj=STC0aSa7QG+BRedDnZsP=Jo_R9GUZvUrg@mail.gmail.com
2023-11-17 11:20:53 +09:00
Tom Lane 743ddafc71 Ensure we preprocess expressions before checking their volatility.
contain_mutable_functions and contain_volatile_functions give
reliable answers only after expression preprocessing (specifically
eval_const_expressions).  Some places understand this, but some did
not get the memo --- which is not entirely their fault, because the
problem is documented only in places far away from those functions.
Introduce wrapper functions that allow doing the right thing easily,
and add commentary in hopes of preventing future mistakes from
copy-and-paste of code that's only conditionally safe.

Two actual bugs of this ilk are fixed here.  We failed to preprocess
column GENERATED expressions before checking mutability, so that the
code could fail to detect the use of a volatile function
default-argument expression, or it could reject a polymorphic function
that is actually immutable on the datatype of interest.  Likewise,
column DEFAULT expressions weren't preprocessed before determining if
it's safe to apply the attmissingval mechanism.  A false negative
would just result in an unnecessary table rewrite, but a false
positive could allow the attmissingval mechanism to be used in a case
where it should not be, resulting in unexpected initial values in a
new column.

In passing, re-order the steps in ComputePartitionAttrs so that its
checks for invalid column references are done before applying
expression_planner, rather than after.  The previous coding would
not complain if a partition expression contains a disallowed column
reference that gets optimized away by constant folding, which seems
to me to be a behavior we do not want.

Per bug #18097 from Jim Keener.  Back-patch to all supported versions.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18097-ebb179674f22932f@postgresql.org
2023-11-16 10:05:14 -05:00
Nathan Bossart 69c32b8b35 Fix fallback implementation for pg_atomic_test_set_flag().
The fallback implementation of pg_atomic_test_set_flag() that uses
atomic-exchange gives pg_atomic_exchange_u32_impl() an extra
argument.  This issue has been present since the introduction of
the atomics API in commit b64d92f1a5.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231114035439.GA1809032%40nathanxps13
Backpatch-through: 12
2023-11-15 15:04:18 -06:00
Nathan Bossart 6a72c42fd5 Retire MemoryContextResetAndDeleteChildren() macro.
As of commit eaa5808e8e, MemoryContextResetAndDeleteChildren() is
just a backwards compatibility macro for MemoryContextReset().  Now
that some time has passed, this macro seems more likely to create
confusion.

This commit removes the macro and replaces all remaining uses with
calls to MemoryContextReset().  Any third-party code that use this
macro will need to be adjusted to call MemoryContextReset()
instead.  Since the two have behaved the same way since v9.5, such
adjustments won't produce any behavior changes for all
currently-supported versions of PostgreSQL.

Reviewed-by: Amul Sul, Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera, Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231113185950.GA1668018%40nathanxps13
2023-11-15 13:42:30 -06:00
Dean Rasheed 519fc1bd9e Support +/- infinity in the interval data type.
This adds support for infinity to the interval data type, using the
same input/output representation as the other date/time data types
that support infinity. This allows various arithmetic operations on
infinite dates, timestamps and intervals.

The new values are represented by setting all fields of the interval
to INT32/64_MIN for -infinity, and INT32/64_MAX for +infinity. This
ensures that they compare as less/greater than all other interval
values, without the need for any special-case comparison code.

Note that, since those 2 values were formerly accepted as legal finite
intervals, pg_upgrade and dump/restore from an old database will turn
them from finite to infinite intervals. That seems OK, since those
exact values should be extremely rare in practice, and they are
outside the documented range supported by the interval type, which
gives us a certain amount of leeway.

Bump catalog version.

Joseph Koshakow, Jian He, and Ashutosh Bapat, reviewed by me.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHea4%2BsPybKK7agDYOMo9N-Z3J6ZXf3BOM79pFsFNcRjwA%40mail.gmail.com
2023-11-14 10:58:49 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut 3849fe7c2b Replace Gen_dummy_probes.sed with Gen_dummy_probes.pl
To generate a dummy probes.h file when dtrace is not available, we had
two different scripts: A sed version, which is the original version,
and a Perl version, which was generated by s2p.  This split was
necessary because Perl was not a mandatory build dependency on Unix,
but sed was not guaranteed to be available on Windows.

(The Meson build system used the sed version even on Windows, which
was probably incorrect and probably would have had to be fixed before
elevating that build system from experimental status.)

As of 721856ff24, Perl is a required build dependency, so this split
is no longer necessary.  We can just use the Perl script in all build
environments and remove a whole bunch of infrastructure to keep the
two variants in sync.

The new Gen_dummy_probes.pl is not the version generated by s2p but a
new implementation written by hand by adapting the sed version to Perl
syntax.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/3fd0f1bc-4483-4ba9-8aa0-64765b052039@eisentraut.org
2023-11-14 10:27:10 +01:00
Michael Paquier e5cca6288a Add support for pg_stat_reset_slru without argument
pg_stat_reset_slru currently requires an input argument, either:
- NULL to reset the SLRU counters of everything.
- A specific value to reset a single SLRU cache.

This commit adds support for a new pattern: pg_stat_reset_slru without
any argument works the same way as pg_stat_reset_slru(NULL), relying on
a DEFAULT in the function definition to handle this case.  This makes
the function more consistent with 23c8c0c8f4.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Atsushi Torikoshi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACW1VizYg01EeH_cA-7qA+4NzWVAoZ5Lw9_XYO1RRHAZbA@mail.gmail.com
2023-11-14 09:50:52 +09:00
Bruce Momjian f279241b09 psql: improve description consistency of \dTS data types
This was done particularly for geometric data types.

Reported-by: Christoph Berg

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YGI8Leuk0WvmNWLr@msg.df7cb.de

Co-authored-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi

Backpatch-through: master
2023-11-13 16:26:59 -05:00
Tom Lane 83472de606 Improve readability and error detection of array_in().
Rewrite array_in() and its subroutines so that we make only one
pass over the input text, rather than two.  This requires
potentially re-pallocing the working arrays values[] and nulls[]
larger than our initial guess, but that cost will hopefully be made
up by avoiding duplicate parsing.  In any case this coding seems
much clearer and more straightforward than what we had before.

This also fixes array_in() to reject non-rectangular input (that is,
different brace depths in different parts of the input) more reliably
than before, and to give a better error message when it does so.
This is analogous to the plpython and plperl fixes in 0553528e7 and
f47004add.  Like those PLs, we now accept input such as '{{},{}}'
as a valid representation of an empty array, which we did not before.

Additionally, reject explicit array subscripts that are outside the
integer range (previously you just got whatever atoi() converted
them to), and make some other minor improvements in error reporting.

Although this is arguably a bug fix, it's also a behavioral change
that might trip somebody up, so no back-patch.

Tom Lane, Heikki Linnakangas, and Jian He.  Thanks to Alexander Lakhin
for the initial report and for review/testing.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2794005.1683042087@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-11-13 13:01:51 -05:00
Michael Paquier 23c8c0c8f4 Add ability to reset all shared stats types in pg_stat_reset_shared()
Currently, pg_stat_reset_shared() can use an argument to specify the
target of statistics to reset, doing nothing for NULL as it is strict.

This patch adds to pg_stat_reset_shared() the possibility to reset all
the stats types already handled in this function rather than do nothing
if the argument value given is NULL or if nothing is specified
(proisstrict is switched to false).  Like previously, SLRUs are not
included in what gets reset.

The idea to use NULL or no argument to control if all the shared stats
already covered by this function should be reset has been proposed by
Andres Freund.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Michael Paquier, Bharath Rupireddy,
Matthias van de Meent
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4291a55137ddda77cf7cc5f46e846daf@oss.nttdata.com
2023-11-12 16:43:12 +09:00
Amit Kapila 8bfb231b43 Prohibit max_slot_wal_keep_size to value other than -1 during upgrade.
We don't want existing slots in the old cluster to get invalidated during
the upgrade. During an upgrade, we set this variable to -1 via the command
line in an attempt to prevent such invalidations, but users have ways to
override it. This patch ensures the value is not overridden by the user.

Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20231027.115759.2206827438943188717.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
2023-11-10 08:45:01 +05:30
David Rowley 10d34fefc2 Ensure we use the correct spelling of "ensure"
We seem to have accidentally used "insure" in a few places.  Correct
that.

Author: Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+Pv0biqrhA3pMhu40aDsj343mTsD75khKnHsLqR8P04f=Q@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12, oldest supported version
2023-11-10 00:15:54 +13:00
Dean Rasheed 0e3e8fbd3a Fix corner-case 64-bit integer subtraction bug on some platforms.
When computing "0 - INT64_MIN", most platforms would report an
overflow error, which is correct. However, platforms without integer
overflow builtins or 128-bit integers would fail to spot the overflow,
and incorrectly return INT64_MIN.

Back-patch to all supported branches.

Patch be me. Thanks to Jian He for initial investigation, and Laurenz
Albe and Tom Lane for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCUNK-AZSD0jVdgkk0N%3DNcAXBWeAEX-QU9AnJPensikmdQ%40mail.gmail.com
2023-11-09 09:50:23 +00:00
Heikki Linnakangas 954e43564d Use a faster hash function in resource owners.
This buys back some of the performance loss that we otherwise saw from the
previous commit.

Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Michael Paquier, Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Hayato Kuroda, Álvaro Herrera, Zhihong Yu
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/d746cead-a1ef-7efe-fb47-933311e876a3%40iki.fi
2023-11-08 13:30:52 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas b8bff07daa Make ResourceOwners more easily extensible.
Instead of having a separate array/hash for each resource kind, use a
single array and hash to hold all kinds of resources. This makes it
possible to introduce new resource "kinds" without having to modify
the ResourceOwnerData struct. In particular, this makes it possible
for extensions to register custom resource kinds.

The old approach was to have a small array of resources of each kind,
and if it fills up, switch to a hash table. The new approach also uses
an array and a hash, but now the array and the hash are used at the
same time. The array is used to hold the recently added resources, and
when it fills up, they are moved to the hash. This keeps the access to
recent entries fast, even when there are a lot of long-held resources.

All the resource-specific ResourceOwnerEnlarge*(),
ResourceOwnerRemember*(), and ResourceOwnerForget*() functions have
been replaced with three generic functions that take resource kind as
argument. For convenience, we still define resource-specific wrapper
macros around the generic functions with the old names, but they are
now defined in the source files that use those resource kinds.

The release callback no longer needs to call ResourceOwnerForget on
the resource being released. ResourceOwnerRelease unregisters the
resource from the owner before calling the callback. That needed some
changes in bufmgr.c and some other files, where releasing the
resources previously always called ResourceOwnerForget.

Each resource kind specifies a release priority, and
ResourceOwnerReleaseAll releases the resources in priority order. To
make that possible, we have to restrict what you can do between
phases. After calling ResourceOwnerRelease(), you are no longer
allowed to remember any more resources in it or to forget any
previously remembered resources by calling ResourceOwnerForget.  There
was one case where that was done previously. At subtransaction commit,
AtEOSubXact_Inval() would handle the invalidation messages and call
RelationFlushRelation(), which temporarily increased the reference
count on the relation being flushed. We now switch to the parent
subtransaction's resource owner before calling AtEOSubXact_Inval(), so
that there is a valid ResourceOwner to temporarily hold that relcache
reference.

Other end-of-xact routines make similar calls to AtEOXact_Inval()
between release phases, but I didn't see any regression test failures
from those, so I'm not sure if they could reach a codepath that needs
remembering extra resources.

There were two exceptions to how the resource leak WARNINGs on commit
were printed previously: llvmjit silently released the context without
printing the warning, and a leaked buffer io triggered a PANIC. Now
everything prints a WARNING, including those cases.

Add tests in src/test/modules/test_resowner.

Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Michael Paquier, Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Hayato Kuroda, Álvaro Herrera, Zhihong Yu
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/cbfabeb0-cd3c-e951-a572-19b365ed314d%40iki.fi
2023-11-08 13:30:50 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera 615f5f6faa
Stop including parsenodes.h in plannodes.h
I added it by mistake in commit 7103ebb7aa.  To clean up, struct
MergeAction needs to be moved to primnodes.h from parsenodes.h.  (This
forces us to also move OverridingKind to primnodes.h).

Having to add parsenodes.h to bootstrap.h as fallout is a bit
surprising, since nothing nominally needs it there.  However, per
comments in bootscanner.l, it is needed so that YYSTYPE can be declared.
I think this only started with commit dac048f71e, but I didn't
actually verify that.

In passing, stop including parsenodes.h in tcopprot.h.  Nothing needs it
there.

Per discussion on a patch by Ashutosh Bapat.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202311071106.6y7b2ascqjlz@alvherre.pgsql
2023-11-07 19:26:39 +01:00
Tom Lane 18b585155a Detect integer overflow while computing new array dimensions.
array_set_element() and related functions allow an array to be
enlarged by assigning to subscripts outside the current array bounds.
While these places were careful to check that the new bounds are
allowable, they neglected to consider the risk of integer overflow
in computing the new bounds.  In edge cases, we could compute new
bounds that are invalid but get past the subsequent checks,
allowing bad things to happen.  Memory stomps that are potentially
exploitable for arbitrary code execution are possible, and so is
disclosure of server memory.

To fix, perform the hazardous computations using overflow-detecting
arithmetic routines, which fortunately exist in all still-supported
branches.

The test cases added for this generate (after patching) errors that
mention the value of MaxArraySize, which is platform-dependent.
Rather than introduce multiple expected-files, use psql's VERBOSITY
parameter to suppress the printing of the message text.  v11 psql
lacks that parameter, so omit the tests in that branch.

Our thanks to Pedro Gallegos for reporting this problem.

Security: CVE-2023-5869
2023-11-06 10:56:43 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 721856ff24 Remove distprep
A PostgreSQL release tarball contains a number of prebuilt files, in
particular files produced by bison, flex, perl, and well as html and
man documentation.  We have done this consistent with established
practice at the time to not require these tools for building from a
tarball.  Some of these tools were hard to get, or get the right
version of, from time to time, and shipping the prebuilt output was a
convenience to users.

Now this has at least two problems:

One, we have to make the build system(s) work in two modes: Building
from a git checkout and building from a tarball.  This is pretty
complicated, but it works so far for autoconf/make.  It does not
currently work for meson; you can currently only build with meson from
a git checkout.  Making meson builds work from a tarball seems very
difficult or impossible.  One particular problem is that since meson
requires a separate build directory, we cannot make the build update
files like gram.h in the source tree.  So if you were to build from a
tarball and update gram.y, you will have a gram.h in the source tree
and one in the build tree, but the way things work is that the
compiler will always use the one in the source tree.  So you cannot,
for example, make any gram.y changes when building from a tarball.
This seems impossible to fix in a non-horrible way.

Second, there is increased interest nowadays in precisely tracking the
origin of software.  We can reasonably track contributions into the
git tree, and users can reasonably track the path from a tarball to
packages and downloads and installs.  But what happens between the git
tree and the tarball is obscure and in some cases non-reproducible.

The solution for both of these issues is to get rid of the step that
adds prebuilt files to the tarball.  The tarball now only contains
what is in the git tree (*).  Getting the additional build
dependencies is no longer a problem nowadays, and the complications to
keep these dual build modes working are significant.  And of course we
want to get the meson build system working universally.

This commit removes the make distprep target altogether.  The make
dist target continues to do its job, it just doesn't call distprep
anymore.

(*) - The tarball also contains the INSTALL file that is built at make
dist time, but not by distprep.  This is unchanged for now.

The make maintainer-clean target, whose job it is to remove the
prebuilt files in addition to what make distclean does, is now just an
alias to make distprep.  (In practice, it is probably obsolete given
that git clean is available.)

The following programs are now hard build requirements in configure
(they were already required by meson.build):

- bison
- flex
- perl

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/e07408d9-e5f2-d9fd-5672-f53354e9305e@eisentraut.org
2023-11-06 15:18:04 +01:00
Daniel Gustafsson 526fe0d799 Add XMLText function (SQL/XML X038)
This function implements the standard XMLTest function, which
converts text into xml text nodes. It uses the libxml2 function
xmlEncodeSpecialChars to escape predefined entities (&"<>), so
that those do not cause any conflict when concatenating the text
node output with existing xml documents.

This also adds a note in  features.sgml about not supporting
XML(SEQUENCE). The SQL specification defines a RETURNING clause
to a set of XML functions, where RETURNING CONTENT or RETURNING
SEQUENCE can be defined. Since PostgreSQL doesn't support
XML(SEQUENCE) all of these functions operate with an
implicit RETURNING CONTENT.

Author: Jim Jones <jim.jones@uni-muenster.de>
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/86617a66-ec95-581f-8d54-08059cca8885@uni-muenster.de
2023-11-06 09:38:29 +01:00
Tom Lane 7704a1a72e Be more wary about NULL values for GUC string variables.
get_explain_guc_options() crashed if a string GUC marked GUC_EXPLAIN
has a NULL boot_val.  Nosing around found a couple of other places
that seemed insufficiently cautious about NULL string values, although
those are likely unreachable in practice.  Add some commentary
defining the expectations for NULL values of string variables,
in hopes of forestalling future additions of more such bugs.

Xing Guo, Aleksander Alekseev, Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACpMh+AyDx5YUpPaAgzVwC1d8zfOL4JoD-uyFDnNSa1z0EsDQQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-11-02 11:47:33 -04:00
Jeff Davis a02b37fc08 Additional unicode primitive functions.
Introduce unicode_version(), icu_unicode_version(), and
unicode_assigned().

The latter requires introducing a new lookup table for the Unicode
General Category, which is generated along with the other Unicode
lookup tables.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYzYR-yhU6k1XFCADeyj=Oyz2PkVsa3iKv+keM8wp-F_A@mail.gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
2023-11-01 22:47:06 -07:00
Bruce Momjian 741ed2065c C comment: adjust statistics mention
No need to talk about the statistics collector.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8a82417cdb6e8038fe276d4960e3207a@oss.nttdata.com

Author: Álvaro Herrera

Backpatch-through: master
2023-10-31 11:02:04 -04:00
Michael Paquier 96f052613f Introduce pg_stat_checkpointer
Historically, the statistics of the checkpointer have been always part
of pg_stat_bgwriter.  This commit removes a few columns from
pg_stat_bgwriter, and introduces pg_stat_checkpointer with equivalent,
renamed columns (plus a new one for the reset timestamp):
- checkpoints_timed -> num_timed
- checkpoints_req -> num_requested
- checkpoint_write_time -> write_time
- checkpoint_sync_time -> sync_time
- buffers_checkpoint -> buffers_written

The fields of PgStat_CheckpointerStats and its SQL functions are renamed
to match with the new field names, for consistency.  Note that
background writer and checkpointer have been split into two different
processes in commits 806a2aee37 and bf405ba8e4.  The pgstat
structures were already split, making this change straight-forward.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot, Andres Freund, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACVxX2ii=66RypXRweZe2EsBRiPMj0aHfRfHUeXJcC7kHg@mail.gmail.com
2023-10-30 09:47:16 +09:00
Dean Rasheed b2d55447a5 Guard against overflow in make_interval().
The original code did very little to guard against integer or floating
point overflow when computing the interval's fields.  Detect any such
overflows and error out, rather than silently returning bogus results.

Joseph Koshakow, reviewed by Ashutosh Bapat and me.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHcm1TPwH_zaGWuFoL8pZBestbRZTU6Z%3D-RvAdSXTPbKfg%40mail.gmail.com
2023-10-29 15:51:53 +00:00
Alexander Korotkov 2b26a69455 Make UniqueRelInfo a node
d3d55ce571 changed RelOptInfo.unique_for_rels from the list of Relid sets to
the list of UniqueRelInfo's.  But it didn't make UniqueRelInfo a node.
This commit makes UniqueRelInfo a node.  Also this commit revises some
comments related to RelOptInfo.unique_for_rels.

Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/1189851.1698340331%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-10-27 05:45:16 +03:00
Michael Paquier 74604a37f2 Remove buffers_backend and buffers_backend_fsync from pg_stat_checkpointer
Two attributes related to checkpointer statistics are removed in this
commit:
- buffers_backend, that counts the number of buffers written directly by
a backend.
- buffers_backend_fsync, that counts the number of times a backend had
to do fsync() by its own.

These are actually not checkpointer properties but backend properties.
Also, pg_stat_io provides a more accurate and equivalent report of these
numbers, by tracking all the I/O stats related to backends, including
writes and fsyncs, so storing them in pg_stat_checkpointer was
redundant.

Thanks also to Robert Haas and Amit Kapila for their input.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230210004604.mcszbscsqs3bc5nx@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-10-27 11:16:39 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut 611806cd72 Add trailing commas to enum definitions
Since C99, there can be a trailing comma after the last value in an
enum definition.  A lot of new code has been introducing this style on
the fly.  Some new patches are now taking an inconsistent approach to
this.  Some add the last comma on the fly if they add a new last
value, some are trying to preserve the existing style in each place,
some are even dropping the last comma if there was one.  We could
nudge this all in a consistent direction if we just add the trailing
commas everywhere once.

I omitted a few places where there was a fixed "last" value that will
always stay last.  I also skipped the header files of libpq and ecpg,
in case people want to use those with older compilers.  There were
also a small number of cases where the enum type wasn't used anywhere
(but the enum values were), which ended up confusing pgindent a bit,
so I left those alone.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/386f8c45-c8ac-4681-8add-e3b0852c1620%40eisentraut.org
2023-10-26 09:20:54 +02:00
David Rowley f0efa5aec1 Introduce the concept of read-only StringInfos
There were various places in our codebase which conjured up a StringInfo
by manually assigning the StringInfo fields and setting the data field
to point to some existing buffer.  There wasn't much consistency here as
to what fields like maxlen got set to and in one location we didn't
correctly ensure that the buffer was correctly NUL terminated at len
bytes, as per what was documented as required in stringinfo.h

Here we introduce 2 new functions to initialize StringInfos.  One allows
callers to initialize a StringInfo passing along a buffer that is
already allocated by palloc.  Here the StringInfo code uses this buffer
directly rather than doing any memcpying into a new allocation.  Having
this as a function allows us to verify the buffer is correctly NUL
terminated.  StringInfos initialized this way can be appended to and
reset just like any other normal StringInfo.

The other new initialization function also accepts an existing buffer,
but the given buffer does not need to be a pointer to a palloc'd chunk.
This buffer could be a pointer pointing partway into some palloc'd chunk
or may not even be palloc'd at all.  StringInfos initialized this way
are deemed as "read-only".  This means that it's not possible to
append to them or reset them.

For the latter of the two new initialization functions mentioned above,
we relax the requirement that the data buffer must be NUL terminated.
Relaxing this requirement is convenient in a few places as it can save
us from having to allocate an entire new buffer just to add the NUL
terminator or save us from having to temporarily add a NUL only to have to
put the original char back again later.

Incompatibility note:

Here we also forego adding the NUL in a few places where it does not
seem to be required.  These locations are passing the given StringInfo
into a type's receive function.  It does not seem like any of our
built-in receive functions require this, but perhaps there's some UDT
out there in the wild which does require this.  It is likely worthy of
a mention in the release notes that a UDT's receive function mustn't rely
on the input StringInfo being NUL terminated.

Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvorfO3iBZ%3DxpiZvp3uHtJVLyFaPBSvcAhAq2HPLnaNSwQ%40mail.gmail.com
2023-10-26 16:31:48 +13:00
Amit Kapila 29d0a77fa6 Migrate logical slots to the new node during an upgrade.
While reading information from the old cluster, a list of logical
slots is fetched. At the later part of upgrading, pg_upgrade revisits the
list and restores slots by executing pg_create_logical_replication_slot()
on the new cluster. Migration of logical replication slots is only
supported when the old cluster is version 17.0 or later.

If the old node has invalid slots or slots with unconsumed WAL records,
the pg_upgrade fails. These checks are needed to prevent data loss.

The significant advantage of this commit is that it makes it easy to
continue logical replication even after upgrading the publisher node.
Previously, pg_upgrade allowed copying publications to a new node. With
this patch, adjusting the connection string to the new publisher will
cause the apply worker on the subscriber to connect to the new publisher
automatically. This enables seamless continuation of logical replication,
even after an upgrade.

Author: Hayato Kuroda, Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Bharath Rupireddy, Dilip Kumar, Vignesh C, Shlok Kyal
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/TYAPR01MB58664C81887B3AF2EB6B16E3F5939@TYAPR01MB5866.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+t7xYcfa0rEQw839=b2MzsfvYDPz3xbD+ZqOdP3zpKYg@mail.gmail.com
2023-10-26 07:06:55 +05:30
Alexander Korotkov d3d55ce571 Remove useless self-joins
The Self Join Elimination (SJE) feature removes an inner join of a plain table
to itself in the query tree if is proved that the join can be replaced with
a scan without impacting the query result.  Self join and inner relation are
replaced with the outer in query, equivalence classes, and planner info
structures. Also, inner restrictlist moves to the outer one with removing
duplicated clauses. Thus, this optimization reduces the length of the range
table list (this especially makes sense for partitioned relations), reduces
the number of restriction clauses === selectivity estimations, and potentially
can improve total planner prediction for the query.

The SJE proof is based on innerrel_is_unique machinery.

We can remove a self-join when for each outer row:
 1. At most one inner row matches the join clause.
 2. Each matched inner row must be (physically) the same row as the outer one.

In this patch we use the next approach to identify a self-join:
 1. Collect all merge-joinable join quals which look like a.x = b.x
 2. Add to the list above the baseretrictinfo of the inner table.
 3. Check innerrel_is_unique() for the qual list.  If it returns false, skip
    this pair of joining tables.
 4. Check uniqueness, proved by the baserestrictinfo clauses. To prove
    the possibility of self-join elimination inner and outer clauses must have
    an exact match.

The relation replacement procedure is not trivial and it is partly combined
with the one, used to remove useless left joins.  Tests, covering this feature,
were added to join.sql.  Some regression tests changed due to self-join removal
logic.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/64486b0b-0404-e39e-322d-0801154901f3%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Andrey Lepikhov, Alexander Kuzmenkov
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Simon Riggs, Jonathan S. Katz
Reviewed-by: David Rowley, Thomas Munro, Konstantin Knizhnik, Heikki Linnakangas
Reviewed-by: Hywel Carver, Laurenz Albe, Ronan Dunklau, vignesh C, Zhihong Yu
Reviewed-by: Greg Stark, Jaime Casanova, Michał Kłeczek, Alena Rybakina
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov
2023-10-25 12:59:16 +03:00
Tom Lane 387f9ed0a0 Fix problems when a plain-inheritance parent table is excluded.
When an UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE's target table is an old-style
inheritance tree, it's possible for the parent to get excluded
from the plan while some children are not.  (I believe this is
only possible if we can prove that a CHECK ... NO INHERIT
constraint on the parent contradicts the query WHERE clause,
so it's a very unusual case.)  In such a case, ExecInitModifyTable
mistakenly concluded that the first surviving child is the target
table, leading to at least two bugs:

1. The wrong table's statement-level triggers would get fired.

2. In v16 and up, it was possible to fail with "invalid perminfoindex
0 in RTE with relid nnnn" due to the child RTE not having permissions
data included in the query plan.  This was hard to reproduce reliably
because it did not occur unless the update triggered some non-HOT
index updates.

In v14 and up, this is easy to fix by defining ModifyTable.rootRelation
to be the parent RTE in plain inheritance as well as partitioned cases.

While the wrong-triggers bug also appears in older branches, the
relevant code in both the planner and executor is quite a bit
different, so it would take a good deal of effort to develop and
test a suitable patch.  Given the lack of field complaints about the
trigger issue, I'll desist for now.  (Patching v11 for this seems
unwise anyway, given that it will have no more releases after next
month.)

Per bug #18147 from Hans Buschmann.

Amit Langote and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18147-6fc796538913ee88@postgresql.org
2023-10-24 14:48:33 -04:00
Jeff Davis 00d7fb5e2e Assert that buffers are marked dirty before XLogRegisterBuffer().
Enforce the rule from transam/README in XLogRegisterBuffer(), and
update callers to follow the rule.

Hash indexes sometimes register clean pages as a part of the locking
protocol, so provide a REGBUF_NO_CHANGE flag to support that use.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c84114f8-c7f1-5b57-f85a-3adc31e1a904@iki.fi
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas
2023-10-23 17:17:46 -07:00
Robert Haas 5b36e8f078 Change struct tablespaceinfo's oid member from 'char *' to 'Oid'
This shouldn't change behavior except in the unusual case where
there are file in the tablespace directory that have entirely
numeric names but are nevertheless not possible names for a
tablespace directory, either because their names have leading zeroes
that shouldn't be there, or the value is actually zero, or because
the value is too large to represent as an OID.

In those cases, the directory would previously have made it into
the list of tablespaceinfo objects and no longer will. Thus, base
backups will now ignore such directories, instead of treating them
as legitimate tablespace directories. Similarly, if entries for
such tablespaces occur in a tablespace_map file, they will now
be rejected as erroneous, instead of being honored.

This is infrastructure for future work that wants to be able to
know the tablespace of each relation that is part of a backup
*as an OID*. By strengthening the up-front validation, we don't
have to worry about weird cases later, and can more easily avoid
repeated string->integer conversions.

Patch by me, reviewed by David Steele.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZNVeBzoqDL8xvr-nkaepq815jtDR4nJzPew7=3iEuM1g@mail.gmail.com
2023-10-23 15:17:26 -04:00
Robert Haas 5c47c6546c Refactor parse_filename_for_nontemp_relation to parse more.
Instead of returning the number of characters in the RelFileNumber,
return the RelFileNumber itself. Continue to return the fork number,
as before, and additionally return the segment number.

parse_filename_for_nontemp_relation now rejects a RelFileNumber or
segment number that begins with a leading zero. Before, we accepted
such cases as relation filenames, but if we continued to do so after
this change, the function might return the same values for two
different files (e.g. 1234.5 and 001234.5 or 1234.005) which could be
annoying for callers. Since we don't actually ever generate filenames
with leading zeroes in the names, any such files that we find must
have been created by something other than PostgreSQL, and it is
therefore reasonable to treat them as non-relation files.

Along the way, change unlogged_relation_entry to store a RelFileNumber
rather than an OID. This update should have been made in
851f4cc75c, but it was overlooked.
It's trivial to make the update as part of this commit, perhaps more
trivial than it would have been without it, so do that.

Patch by me, reviewed by David Steele.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZNVeBzoqDL8xvr-nkaepq815jtDR4nJzPew7=3iEuM1g@mail.gmail.com
2023-10-23 15:08:53 -04:00
Tom Lane 2d870b4aef Allow ALTER SYSTEM to set unrecognized custom GUCs.
Previously, ALTER SYSTEM failed if the target GUC wasn't present in
the session's GUC hashtable.  That is a reasonable behavior for core
(single-part) GUC names, and for custom GUCs for which we have loaded
an extension that's reserved the prefix.  But it's unnecessarily
restrictive otherwise, and it also causes inconsistent behavior:
you can "ALTER SYSTEM SET foo.bar" only if you did "SET foo.bar"
earlier in the session.  That's fairly silly.

Hence, refactor things so that we can execute ALTER SYSTEM even
if the variable doesn't have a GUC hashtable entry, as long as the
name meets the custom-variable naming requirements and does not
have a reserved prefix.  (It's safe to do this even if the
variable belongs to an extension we currently don't have loaded.
A bad value will at worst cause a WARNING when the extension
does get loaded.)

Also, adjust GRANT ON PARAMETER to have the same opinions about
whether to allow an unrecognized GUC name, and to throw the
same errors if not (it previously used a one-size-fits-all
message for several distinguishable conditions).  By default,
only a superuser will be allowed to do ALTER SYSTEM SET on an
unrecognized name, but it's possible to GRANT the ability to
do it.

Patch by me, pursuant to a documentation complaint from
Gavin Panella.  Arguably this is a bug fix, but given the
lack of other complaints I'll refrain from back-patching.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2617358.1697501956@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/169746329791.169914.16613647309012285391@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2023-10-21 13:35:19 -04:00
Tom Lane 2b5154beab Extend ALTER OPERATOR to allow setting more optimization attributes.
Allow the COMMUTATOR, NEGATOR, MERGES, and HASHES attributes to be set
by ALTER OPERATOR.  However, we don't allow COMMUTATOR/NEGATOR to be
changed once set, nor allow the MERGES/HASHES flags to be unset once
set.  Changes like that might invalidate plans already made, and
dealing with the consequences seems like more trouble than it's worth.
The main use-case we foresee for this is to allow addition of missed
properties in extension update scripts, such as extending an existing
operator to support hashing.  So only transitions from not-set to set
states seem very useful.

This patch also causes us to reject some incorrect cases that formerly
resulted in inconsistent catalog state, such as trying to set the
commutator of an operator to be some other operator that already has a
(different) commutator.

While at it, move the InvokeObjectPostCreateHook call for CREATE
OPERATOR to not occur until after we've fixed up commutator or negator
links as needed.  The previous ordering could only be justified by
thinking of the OperatorUpd call as a kind of ALTER OPERATOR step;
but we don't call InvokeObjectPostAlterHook therein.  It seems better
to let the hook see the final state of the operator object.

In the documentation, move the discussion of how to establish
commutator pairs from xoper.sgml to the CREATE OPERATOR ref page.

Tommy Pavlicek, reviewed and editorialized a bit by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEhP-W-vGVzf4udhR5M8Bdv88UYnPrhoSkj3ieR3QNrsGQoqdg@mail.gmail.com
2023-10-20 12:28:46 -04:00
Robert Haas afd12774ae During online checkpoints, insert XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO at redo point.
This allows tools that read the WAL sequentially to identify (possible)
redo points when they're reached, rather than only being able to
detect them in retrospect when XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE is found, possibly
much later in the WAL stream. There are other possible applications as
well; see the discussion links below.

Any redo location that precedes the checkpoint location should now point
to an XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO record, so add a cross-check to verify this.

While adjusting the code in CreateCheckPoint() for this patch, I made it
call WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive a bit later than before, since there
appears to be no need for it to be held while checking whether the system
is idle, whether this is an end-of-recovery checkpoint, or what the current
timeline is.

Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC.

Patch by me, based in part on earlier work from Dilip Kumar. Review by
Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila, Andres Freund, and Michael Paquier.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYy-Vc6G9QKcAKNksCa29cv__czr+N9X_QCxEfQVpp_8w@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20230614194717.jyuw3okxup4cvtbt%40awork3.anarazel.de
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKG+b2ego8=YNW2Ohe9QmSiReh1-ogrv8V_WZpJTqP3O+2w@mail.gmail.com
2023-10-19 14:47:29 -04:00
Michael Paquier 295c36c0c1 Add local_blk_{read|write}_time I/O timing statistics for local blocks
There was no I/O timing statistics for counting read and write timings
on local blocks, contrary to the counterparts for temp and shared
blocks.  This information is available when track_io_timing is enabled.

The output of EXPLAIN is updated to show this information.  An update of
pg_stat_statements is planned next.

Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAN55FZ19Ss279mZuqGbuUNxka0iPbLgYuOQXqAKewrjNrp27VA@mail.gmail.com
2023-10-19 13:39:38 +09:00
Michael Paquier 13d00729d4 Rename I/O timing statistics columns to shared_blk_{read|write}_time
These two counters, defined in BufferUsage to track respectively the
time spent while reading and writing blocks have historically only
tracked data related to shared buffers, when track_io_timing is enabled.

An upcoming patch to add specific counters for local buffers will take
advantage of this rename as it has come up that no data is currently
tracked for local buffers, and tracking local and shared buffers using
the same fields would be inconsistent with the treatment done for temp
buffers.  Renaming the existing fields clarifies what the block type of
each stats field is.

pg_stat_statement is updated to reflect the rename.  No extension
version bump is required as 5a3423ad8e has done one, affecting v17~.

Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAN55FZ19Ss279mZuqGbuUNxka0iPbLgYuOQXqAKewrjNrp27VA@mail.gmail.com
2023-10-19 11:26:40 +09:00
Michael Paquier 7fb355db14 Install wait_event_types.h in VPATH builds
An extra rule is needed in src/include/Makefile for VPATH builds to
install any generated server-side include files, and wait_event_types.h
was forgotten from the set.

Issue introduced by fa88928470.

Reported-by: Christoph Berg
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZTAA11u7CtX6NqlK@msg.df7cb.de
2023-10-19 09:42:46 +09:00
Thomas Munro f90b4a846b jit: Supply LLVMGlobalGetValueType() for LLVM < 8.
Commit 37d5babb used this C API function while adding support for LLVM
16 and opaque pointers, but it's not available in LLVM 7 and older.
Provide it in our own llvmjit_wrap.cpp.  It just calls a C++ function
that pre-dates LLVM 3.9, our minimum target.

Back-patch to 12, like 37d5babb.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKnLnJnWrkr%3D4mSGhE5FuTK55FY15uULR7%3Dzzc%3DwX4Nqw%40mail.gmail.com
2023-10-19 03:01:55 +13:00
Thomas Munro 37d5babb5c jit: Support opaque pointers in LLVM 16.
Remove use of LLVMGetElementType() and provide the type of all pointers
to LLVMBuildXXX() functions when emitting IR, as required by modern LLVM
versions[1].

 * For LLVM <= 14, we'll still use the old LLVMBuildXXX() functions.
 * For LLVM == 15, we'll continue to do the same, explicitly opting
   out of opaque pointer mode.
 * For LLVM >= 16, we'll use the new LLVMBuildXXX2() functions that take
   the extra type argument.

The difference is hidden behind some new IR emitting wrapper functions
l_load(), l_gep(), l_call() etc.  The change is mostly mechanical,
except that at each site the correct type had to be provided.

In some places we needed to do some extra work to get functions types,
including some new wrappers for C++ APIs that are not yet exposed by in
LLVM's C API, and some new "example" functions in llvmjit_types.c
because it's no longer possible to start from the function pointer type
and ask for the function type.

Back-patch to 12, because it's a little tricker in 11 and we agreed not
to put the latest LLVM support into the upcoming final release of 11.

[1] https://llvm.org/docs/OpaquePointers.html

Reviewed-by: Dmitry Dolgov <9erthalion6@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ronan Dunklau <ronan.dunklau@aiven.io>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKNX_%3Df%2B1C4r06WETKTq0G4Z_7q4L4Fxn5WWpMycDj9Fw%40mail.gmail.com
2023-10-18 22:47:23 +13:00
Michael Paquier 173b56f1ef Add flush option to pg_logical_emit_message()
Since its introduction, LogLogicalMessage() (via the SQL interface
pg_logical_emit_message()) has never included a call to XLogFlush(),
causing it to potentially lose messages on a crash when used in
non-transactional mode.  This has come up to me as a problem while
playing with ideas to design a test suite for what has become
039_end_of_wal.pl introduced in bae868caf2 by Thomas Munro, because
there are no direct ways to force a WAL flush via SQL.

The default is false, to not flush messages and influence existing
use-cases where this function could be used.  If set to true, the
message emitted is flushed before returning back to the caller, making
the message durable on crash.  This new option has no effect when using
pg_logical_emit_message() in transactional mode, as the record's flush
is guaranteed by the WAL record generated by the transaction committed.

Two queries of test_decoding are tweaked to cover the new code path for
the flush.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Amit Kapila, Fujii Masao, Tung Nguyen, Tomas
Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZNsdThSe2qgsfs7R@paquier.xyz
2023-10-18 11:24:59 +09:00
Nathan Bossart 97550c0711 Avoid calling proc_exit() in processes forked by system().
The SIGTERM handler for the startup process immediately calls
proc_exit() for the duration of the restore_command, i.e., a call
to system().  This system() call forks a new process to execute the
shell command, and this child process inherits the parent's signal
handlers.  If both the parent and child processes receive SIGTERM,
both will attempt to call proc_exit().  This can end badly.  For
example, both processes will try to remove themselves from the
PGPROC shared array.

To fix this problem, this commit adds a check in
StartupProcShutdownHandler() to see whether MyProcPid == getpid().
If they match, this is the parent process, and we can proc_exit()
like before.  If they do not match, this is a child process, and we
just emit a message to STDERR (in a signal safe manner) and
_exit(), thereby skipping any problematic exit callbacks.

This commit also adds checks in proc_exit(), ProcKill(), and
AuxiliaryProcKill() that verify they are not being called within
such child processes.

Suggested-by: Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y9nGDSgIm83FHcad%40paquier.xyz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230223231503.GA743455%40nathanxps13
Backpatch-through: 11
2023-10-17 10:41:48 -05:00
Amit Kapila 79243de13f Restart the apply worker if the privileges have been revoked.
Restart the apply worker if the subscription owner's superuser privileges
have been revoked. This is required so that the subscription connection
string gets revalidated and use the password option to connect to the
publisher for non-superusers, if required.

Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm2Dxmhq08nr4P6G+24QvdBo_GAVyZ_Q1TcGYK+8NHs9xw@mail.gmail.com
2023-10-17 08:41:44 +05:30
Alexander Korotkov e83d1b0c40 Add support event triggers on authenticated login
This commit introduces trigger on login event, allowing to fire some actions
right on the user connection.  This can be useful for logging or connection
check purposes as well as for some personalization of environment.  Usage
details are described in the documentation included, but shortly usage is
the same as for other triggers: create function returning event_trigger and
then create event trigger on login event.

In order to prevent the connection time overhead when there are no triggers
the commit introduces pg_database.dathasloginevt flag, which indicates database
has active login triggers.  This flag is set by CREATE/ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
command, and unset at connection time when no active triggers found.

Author: Konstantin Knizhnik, Mikhail Gribkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0d46d29f-4558-3af9-9c85-7774e14a7709%40postgrespro.ru
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule, Takayuki Tsunakawa, Greg Nancarrow, Ivan Panchenko
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Teodor Sigaev, Robert Haas, Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Andrey Sokolov, Zhihong Yu, Sergey Shinderuk
Reviewed-by: Gregory Stark, Nikita Malakhov, Ted Yu
2023-10-16 03:18:22 +03:00
Noah Misch 5f27b5f848 Dissociate btequalimage() from interval_ops, ending its deduplication.
Under interval_ops, some equal values are distinguishable.  One such
pair is '24:00:00' and '1 day'.  With that being so, btequalimage()
breaches the documented contract for the "equalimage" btree support
function.  This can cause incorrect results from index-only scans.
Users should REINDEX any btree indexes having interval-type columns.
After updating, pg_amcheck will report an error for almost all such
indexes.  This fix makes interval_ops simply omit the support function,
like numeric_ops does.  Back-pack to v13, where btequalimage() first
appeared.  In back branches, for the benefit of old catalog content,
btequalimage() code will return false for type "interval".  Going
forward, back-branch initdb will include the catalog change.

Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231011013317.22.nmisch@google.com
2023-10-14 16:33:51 -07:00
Tom Lane fcdd6689d0 Harden xxx_is_visible() functions against concurrent object drops.
For the same reasons given in commit 403ac226d, adjust these
functions to not assume that checking SearchSysCacheExists can
guarantee success of a later fetch.

This follows the same internal API choices made in the earlier commit:
add a function XXXExt(oid, is_missing) and use that to eliminate
the need for a separate existence check.  The changes are very
straightforward, though tedious.  For the moment I just made the new
functions static in namespace.c, but we could export them if a need
emerges.

Per bug #18014 from Alexander Lakhin.  Given the lack of hard evidence
that there's a bug in non-debug builds, I'm content to fix this only
in HEAD.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18014-28c81cb79d44295d@postgresql.org
2023-10-14 16:13:11 -04:00
Tom Lane 403ac226dd Harden has_xxx_privilege() functions against concurrent object drops.
The versions of these functions that accept object OIDs are supposed
to return NULL, rather than failing, if the target object has been
dropped.  This makes it safe(r) to use them in queries that scan
catalogs, since the functions will be applied to objects that are
visible in the query's snapshot but might now be gone according to
the catalog snapshot.  In most cases we implemented this by doing
a SearchSysCacheExists test and assuming that if that succeeds, we
can safely invoke the appropriate aclchk.c function, which will
immediately re-fetch the same syscache entry.  It was argued that
if the existence test succeeds then the followup fetch must succeed
as well, for lack of any intervening AcceptInvalidationMessages call.

Alexander Lakhin demonstrated that this is not so when
CATCACHE_FORCE_RELEASE is enabled: the syscache entry will be forcibly
dropped at the end of SearchSysCacheExists, and then it is possible
for the catalog snapshot to get advanced while re-fetching the entry.
Alexander's test case requires the operation to happen inside a
parallel worker, but that seems incidental to the fundamental problem.
What remains obscure is whether there is a way for this to happen in a
non-debug build.  Nonetheless, CATCACHE_FORCE_RELEASE is a very useful
test methodology, so we'd better make the code safe for it.

After some discussion we concluded that the most future-proof fix
is to give up the assumption that checking SearchSysCacheExists can
guarantee success of a later fetch.  At best that assumption leads
to fragile code --- for example, has_type_privilege appears broken
for array types even if you believe the assumption holds.  And it's
not even particularly efficient.

There had already been some work towards extending the aclchk.c
APIs to include "is_missing" output flags, so this patch extends
that work to cover all the aclchk.c functions that are used by the
has_xxx_privilege() functions.  (This allows getting rid of some
ad-hoc decisions about not throwing errors in certain places in
aclchk.c.)

In passing, this fixes the has_sequence_privilege() functions to
provide the same guarantees as their cousins: for some reason the
SearchSysCacheExists tests never got added to those.

There is more work to do to remove the unsafe coding pattern with
SearchSysCacheExists in other places, but this is a pretty
self-contained patch so I'll commit it separately.

Per bug #18014 from Alexander Lakhin.  Given the lack of hard evidence
that there's a bug in non-debug builds, I'm content to fix this only
in HEAD.  (Perhaps we should clean up the has_sequence_privilege()
oversight in the back branches, but in the absence of field complaints
I'm not too excited about that either.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18014-28c81cb79d44295d@postgresql.org
2023-10-14 14:49:50 -04:00
Nathan Bossart 8d140c5822 Improve the naming in wal_sync_method code.
* sync_method is renamed to wal_sync_method.

* sync_method_options[] is renamed to wal_sync_method_options[].

* assign_xlog_sync_method() is renamed to assign_wal_sync_method().

* The names of the available synchronization methods are now
  prefixed with "WAL_SYNC_METHOD_" and have been moved into a
  WalSyncMethod enum.

* PLATFORM_DEFAULT_SYNC_METHOD is renamed to
  PLATFORM_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNC_METHOD, and DEFAULT_SYNC_METHOD is
  renamed to DEFAULT_WAL_SYNC_METHOD.

These more descriptive names help distinguish the code for
wal_sync_method from the code for DataDirSyncMethod (e.g., the
recovery_init_sync_method configuration parameter and the
--sync-method option provided by several frontend utilities).  This
change also prevents name collisions between the aforementioned
sets of code.  Since this only improves the naming of internal
identifiers, there should be no behavior change.

Author: Maxim Orlov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACG%3DezbL1gwE7_K7sr9uqaCGkWhmvRTcTEnm3%2BX1xsRNwbXULQ%40mail.gmail.com
2023-10-13 15:16:45 -05:00
Michael Paquier 97957fdbaa Add support for AT LOCAL
When converting a timestamp to/from with/without time zone, the SQL
Standard specifies an AT LOCAL variant of AT TIME ZONE which uses the
session's time zone.  This includes three system functions able to do
the work in the same way as the existing flavors for AT TIME ZONE,
except that these need to be marked as stable as they depend on the
session's TimeZone GUC.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Vik Fearing
Reviewed-by: Laurenz Albe, Cary Huang, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8e25dec4-5667-c1a5-6581-167d710c2182@postgresfriends.org
2023-10-13 13:01:37 +09:00
Michael Paquier e7689190b3 Add option to bgworkers to allow the bypass of role login check
This adds a new option called BGWORKER_BYPASS_ROLELOGINCHECK to the
flags available to BackgroundWorkerInitializeConnection() and
BackgroundWorkerInitializeConnectionByOid().

This gives the possibility to bgworkers to bypass the role login check,
making possible the use of a role that has no login rights while not
being a superuser.  PostgresInit() gains a new flag called
INIT_PG_OVERRIDE_ROLE_LOGIN, taking advantage of the refactoring done in
4800a5dfb4.

Regression tests are added to worker_spi to check the behavior of this
new option with bgworkers.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Michael Paquier, Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bcc36259-7850-4882-97ef-d6b905d2fc51@gmail.com
2023-10-12 09:24:17 +09:00
Michael Paquier 4800a5dfb4 Refactor InitPostgres() to use bitwise option flags
InitPostgres() has been using a set of boolean arguments to control its
behavior, and a patch under discussion was aiming at expanding it with a
third one.  In preparation for expanding this area, this commit switches
all the current boolean arguments of this routine to a single bits32
argument instead.  Two values are currently supported for the flags:
- INIT_PG_LOAD_SESSION_LIBS to load [session|local]_preload_libraries at
startup.
- INIT_PG_OVERRIDE_ALLOW_CONNS to allow connection to a database even if
it has !datallowconn.  This is used by bgworkers.

Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZSTn66_BXRZCeaqS@paquier.xyz
2023-10-11 12:31:49 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut 1d91d24d9a Add const to values and nulls arguments
This excludes any changes that would change the external AM APIs.

Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/14c31f4a-0347-0805-dce8-93a9072c05a5%40eisentraut.org
2023-10-10 07:50:43 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas 637109d13a Rename StartBackgroundWorker() to BackgroundWorkerMain().
The comment claimed that it is "called from postmaster", but it is
actually called in the child process, pretty early in the process
initialization. I guess you could interpret "called from postmaster"
to mean that, but it seems wrong to me. Rename the function to be
consistent with other functions with similar role.

Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/4f95c1fc-ad3c-7974-3a8c-6faa3931804c@iki.fi
2023-10-09 11:52:09 +03:00
David Rowley 77db132637 Remove debug_print_rel and replace usages with pprint
Going by c4a1933b4, b33ef397a and 05893712c (to name just a few), it seems
that maintaining debug_print_rel() is often forgotten.  In the case of
c4a1933b4, it was several years before anyone noticed that a path type
was not handled by debug_print_rel().  (debug_print_rel() is only
compiled when building with OPTIMIZER_DEBUG).

After a quick survey on the pgsql-hackers mailing list, nobody came
forward to admit that they use OPTIMIZER_DEBUG.  So to prevent any future
maintenance neglect, let's just remove debug_print_rel() and have
OPTIMIZER_DEBUG make use of pprint() instead (as suggested by Tom Lane).
If anyone wants to come forward to claim they make use of
OPTIMIZER_DEBUG in a way that they need debug_print_rel() then they have
around 10 months remaining in the v17 cycle where we could revert this.
If nobody comes forward in that time, then we can likely safely declare
debug_print_rel() as not worth keeping.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvoCdjo8Cu2zEZF4-AxWG-90S+pYXAnoDDa9J3xH-OrczQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-10-09 15:53:16 +13:00
Tom Lane b6c7cfac88 Restore proper linkage of pg_char_to_encoding() and friends.
Back in the 8.3 era we discovered that it was problematic if
libpq.so had encoding ID assignments different from the backend,
which is possible because on some platforms libpq.so might be
of a different major version from the calling programs.
psql should use libpq's assignments, but initdb has to use the
backend's, else it will put wrong values into pg_database.
The solution devised in commit 8468146b0 relied on giving initdb
its own copy of encnames.c rather than relying on the functions
exported by libpq.  Later, that metamorphosed into ensuring that
libpgcommon got linked before libpq -- which made things OK for
initdb but broke psql.  We didn't notice for lack of any changes
in enum pg_enc since then.  Commit 06843df4a reversed that, fixing
the latent bug in psql but adding one in initdb.  The meson build
infrastructure is also not being sufficiently careful about link
order, and trying to make it so would be equally fragile.

Hence, let's use a new scheme based on giving the libpq-exported
symbols different real names than the same functions exported from
libpgcommon.a or libpgcommon_srv.a.  (We could distinguish those
two cases as well, but there seems no need to.)  libpq gets the
official names to avoid an ABI break for libpq clients, while the
other cases use #define's to make the real names "xxx_private"
rather than "xxx".  By controlling where the #define's are
applied, we can force any particular client program to use one
set or the other of the encnames.c functions.

We cannot back-patch this, since it'd be an ABI break for backend
loadable modules, but there seems little need to.  We're just
trying to ensure that the world is safe for hypothetical future
additions to enum pg_enc.

In passing this should fix "duplicate symbol" linker warnings
that we've been seeing on AIX buildfarm members since commit
06843df4a.  It's not very clear why that linker is complaining
now, when there were strictly *more* duplicates visible before,
but in any case this should remove the reason for complaint.

Patch by me; thanks to Andres Freund for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2385119.1696354473@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-10-07 12:08:10 -04:00
Alexander Korotkov e0b1ee17dc Skip checking of scan keys required for directional scan in B-tree
Currently, B-tree code matches every scan key to every item on the page.
Imagine the ordered B-tree scan for the query like this.

SELECT * FROM tbl WHERE col > 'a' AND col < 'b' ORDER BY col;

The (col > 'a') scan key will be always matched once we find the location to
start the scan.  The (col < 'b') scan key will match every item on the page
as long as it matches the last item on the page.

This patch implements prechecking of the scan keys required for directional
scan on beginning of page scan.  If precheck is successful we can skip this
scan keys check for the items on the page.  That could lead to significant
acceleration especially if the comparison operator is expensive.

Idea from patch by Konstantin Knizhnik.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/079c3f8e-3371-abe2-e93c-fc8a0ae3f571%40garret.ru
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan, Pavel Borisov
2023-10-06 10:40:51 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut 04e485273b Move BuildDescForRelation() from tupdesc.c to tablecmds.c
BuildDescForRelation() main job is to convert ColumnDef lists to
pg_attribute/tuple descriptor arrays, which is really mostly an
internal subroutine of DefineRelation() and some related functions,
which is more the remit of tablecmds.c and doesn't have much to do
with the basic tuple descriptor interfaces in tupdesc.c.  This is also
supported by observing the header includes we can remove in tupdesc.c.
By moving it over, we can also (in the future) make
BuildDescForRelation() use more internals of tablecmds.c that are not
sensible to be exposed in tupdesc.c.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/52a125e4-ff9a-95f5-9f61-b87cf447e4da@eisentraut.org
2023-10-05 16:20:46 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas e29c464395 Refactor ListenSocket array.
Keep track of the used size of the array. That avoids looping through
the whole array in a few places. It doesn't matter from a performance
point of view since the array is small anyway, but this feels less
surprising and is a little less code. Now that we have an explicit
NumListenSockets variable that is statically initialized to 0, we
don't need the loop to initialize the array.

Allocate the array in PostmasterContext. The array isn't needed in
child processes, so this allows reusing that memory. We could easily
make the array resizable now, but we haven't heard any complaints
about the current 64 sockets limit.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/7bb7ad65-a018-2419-742f-fa5fd877d338@iki.fi
2023-10-05 15:05:25 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera 1c99cde2f3
Improve JsonLexContext's freeability
Previously, the JSON code didn't have to worry too much about freeing
JsonLexContext, because it was never too long-lived.  With new features
being added for SQL/JSON this is no longer the case.  Add a routine
that knows how to free this struct and apply that to a few places, to
prevent this from becoming problematic.

At the same time, we change the API of makeJsonLexContextCstringLen to
make it receive a pointer to JsonLexContext for callers that want it to
be stack-allocated; it can also be passed as NULL to get the original
behavior of a palloc'ed one.

This also causes an ABI break due to the addition of flags to
JsonLexContext, so we can't easily backpatch it.  AFAICS that's not much
of a problem; apparently some leaks might exist in JSON usage of
text-search, for example via json_to_tsvector, but I haven't seen any
complaints about that.

Per Coverity complaint about datum_to_jsonb_internal().

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230808174110.oq3iymllsv6amkih@alvherre.pgsql
2023-10-05 10:59:08 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 5e4282772a Remove RelationGetIndexRawAttOptions()
There was only one caller left, for which this function was overkill.

Also, having it in relcache.c was inappropriate, since it doesn't work
with the relcache at all.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f84640e3-00d3-5abd-3f41-e6a19d33c40b@eisentraut.org
2023-10-03 17:51:02 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 7841623571 Remove IndexInfo.ii_OpclassOptions field
It is unnecessary to include this field in IndexInfo.  It is only used
by DDL code, not during execution.  It is really only used to pass
local information around between functions in index.c and indexcmds.c,
for which it is clearer to use local variables, like in similar cases.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f84640e3-00d3-5abd-3f41-e6a19d33c40b@eisentraut.org
2023-10-03 17:51:02 +02:00
Robert Haas 1ccc1e05ae Remove retry loop in heap_page_prune().
The retry loop is needed because heap_page_prune() calls
HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum() and then lazy_scan_prune() does the same
thing again, and they might get different answers due to concurrent
clog updates.  But this patch makes heap_page_prune() return the
HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum() results that it computed back to the
caller, which allows lazy_scan_prune() to avoid needing to recompute
those values in the first place. That's nice both because it eliminates
the need for a retry loop and also because it's cheaper.

Melanie Plageman, reviewed by David Geier, Andres Freund, and me.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_br124qsGJieuYA0nGjywEukhK1dKBfRdby_4yY3E9SXA%40mail.gmail.com
2023-10-02 11:40:07 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas f0bd0b4489 Add rmgrdesc README
In the README, briefly explain what rmgrdesc functions are, and why
they are in a separate directory. Commit c03c2eae0a added some
guidelines on the preferred output format; move that to the README
too.

Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman, Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/9159daf7-f42d-781b-458f-1b2cf32cb256%40iki.fi
2023-10-02 12:18:57 +03:00
Amit Langote c8ec5e0543 Revert "Add soft error handling to some expression nodes"
This reverts commit 7fbc75b26e.

Looks like the LLVM additions may not be totally correct.
2023-10-02 13:48:15 +09:00
Amit Langote 7fbc75b26e Add soft error handling to some expression nodes
This adjusts the expression evaluation code for CoerceViaIO and
CoerceToDomain to handle errors softly if needed.

For CoerceViaIo, this means using InputFunctionCallSafe(), which
provides the option to handle errors softly, instead of calling the
type input function directly.

For CoerceToDomain, this simply entails replacing the ereport() in
ExecEvalConstraintCheck() by errsave().

In both cases, the ErrorSaveContext to be used when evaluating the
expression is stored by ExecInitExprRec() in the expression's struct
in the expression's ExprEvalStep.  The ErrorSaveContext is passed by
setting ExprState.escontext to point to it when calling
ExecInitExprRec() on the expression whose errors are to be handled
softly.

Note that no call site of ExecInitExprRec() has been changed in this
commit, so there's no functional change.  This is intended for
implementing new SQL/JSON expression nodes in future commits that
will use to it suppress errors that may occur during type coercions.

Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqE4XTdfb1nW=Ojoy_tQSRhYt-q_kb6i5d4xcKyrLC1Nbg@mail.gmail.com
2023-10-02 11:52:28 +09:00
Noah Misch e1f95ec8cf Correct assertion and comments about XLogRecordMaxSize.
The largest allocation, of xl_tot_len+8192, is in allocate_recordbuf().

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230812211327.GB2326466@rfd.leadboat.com
2023-10-01 12:20:55 -07:00
Andrew Dunstan f6d4c9cf16 Provide FORCE_NULL * and FORCE_NOT_NULL * options for COPY FROM
These options already exist, but you need to specify a column list for
them, which can be cumbersome. We already have the possibility of all
columns for FORCE QUOTE, so this is simply extending that facility to
FORCE_NULL and FORCE_NOT_NULL.

Author: Zhang Mingli
Reviewed-By: Richard Guo, Kyatoro Horiguchi, Michael Paquier.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACJufxEnVqzOFtqhexF2+AwOKFrV8zHOY3y=p+gPK6eB14pn_w@mail.gmail.com
2023-09-30 12:34:41 -04:00
Dean Rasheed 1d5caec221 Fix EvalPlanQual rechecking during MERGE.
Under some circumstances, concurrent MERGE operations could lead to
inconsistent results, that varied according the plan chosen. This was
caused by a lack of rowmarks on the source relation, which meant that
EvalPlanQual rechecking was not guaranteed to return the same source
tuples when re-running the join query.

Fix by ensuring that preprocess_rowmarks() sets up PlanRowMarks for
all non-target relations used in MERGE, in the same way that it does
for UPDATE and DELETE.

Per bug #18103. Back-patch to v15, where MERGE was introduced.

Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Richard Guo.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18103-c4386baab8e355e3%40postgresql.org
2023-09-30 10:52:21 +01:00
Peter Geoghegan 714780dcdd Fix btmarkpos/btrestrpos array key wraparound bug.
nbtree's mark/restore processing failed to correctly handle an edge case
involving array key advancement and related search-type scan key state.
Scans with ScalarArrayScalarArrayOpExpr quals requiring mark/restore
processing (for a merge join) could incorrectly conclude that an
affected array/scan key must not have advanced during the time between
marking and restoring the scan's position.

As a result of all this, array key handling within btrestrpos could skip
a required call to _bt_preprocess_keys().  This confusion allowed later
primitive index scans to overlook tuples matching the true current array
keys.  The scan's search-type scan keys would still have spurious values
corresponding to the final array element(s) -- not values matching the
first/now-current array element(s).

To fix, remember that "array key wraparound" has taken place during the
ongoing btrescan in a flag variable stored in the scan's state, and use
that information at the point where btrestrpos decides if another call
to _bt_preprocess_keys is required.

Oversight in commit 70bc5833, which taught nbtree to handle array keys
during mark/restore processing, but missed this subtlety.  That commit
was itself a bug fix for an issue in commit 9e8da0f7, which taught
nbtree to handle ScalarArrayOpExpr quals natively.

Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkgP3DDRJxw6DgjCxo-cu-DKrvjEv_ArkP2ctBJatDCYg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11- (all supported branches).
2023-09-28 16:29:37 -07:00
Robert Haas 4e9fc3a976 Return data from heap_page_prune via a struct.
Previously, one of the values in the struct was returned as the return
value, and another was returned via an output parameter. In
preparation for returning more stuff, consolidate both values into a
struct returned via an output parameter.

Melanie Plageman, reviewed by Andres Freund and by me.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_br124qsGJieuYA0nGjywEukhK1dKBfRdby_4yY3E9SXA%40mail.gmail.com
2023-09-28 10:36:34 -04:00
Michael Paquier 11c34b342b Show parameters of CALL as constants in pg_stat_statements
This commit changes the query jumbling of CallStmt so as its IN/OUT
parameters are able to show up as constants with a parameter symbol in
pg_stat_statements, like:
CALL proc1($1, $2);
CALL proc2($1, $2, $3);

The transformed FuncExpr is used in the query ID computation instead of
the FuncCall generated by the parser, so as it is sensitive to the OID
of the procedure and its list of input arguments.  The output arguments
are handled in a separate list in CallStmt, which is also included in
the computation.

Tests are added to pg_stat_statements to show how this affects CALL with
IN/OUT parameters as well as overloaded functions.

Like 638d42a3c5 or 31de7e60da, this improves the monitoring of
workloads with a lot of CALL statements, preventing unnecessary bloat
when these use different input (or event output) values.

Author: Sami Imseih
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/B44FA29D-EBD0-4DD9-ABC2-16F1CB087074@amazon.com
2023-09-28 15:17:55 +09:00
Amit Langote d060e921ea Remove obsolete executor cleanup code
This commit removes unnecessary ExecExprFreeContext() calls in
ExecEnd* routines because the actual cleanup is managed by
FreeExecutorState(). With no callers remaining for
ExecExprFreeContext(), this commit also removes the function.

This commit also drops redundant ExecClearTuple() calls, because
ExecResetTupleTable() in ExecEndPlan() already takes care of
resetting and dropping all TupleTableSlots initialized with
ExecInitScanTupleSlot() and ExecInitExtraTupleSlot().

After these modifications, the ExecEnd*() routines for ValuesScan,
NamedTuplestoreScan, and WorkTableScan became redundant. So, this
commit removes them.

Reviewed-by: Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqFGkMSge6TgC9KQzde0ohpAycLQuV7ooitEEpbKB0O_mg@mail.gmail.com
2023-09-28 09:44:39 +09:00
Michael Paquier 9210afd3bc Move tracking of in_streaming to PGOutputData
"in_streaming" is a flag used to track if an instance of pgoutput is
streaming changes.  When pgoutput is started, the flag was always reset,
switched it back and forth in the stream start/stop callbacks.

Before this commit, it was a global variable, which is confusing as it
is actually attached to a state of PGOutputData.  Per my analysis, using
a global variable did not lead to an active bug like in 54ccfd6586,
but it makes the code more consistent.  Note that we cannot backpatch
this change anyway as it requires the addition of a new field to
PGOutputData, exposed in pgoutput.h.

Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier, Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB571690EF24F51F51EFFCBB0E94FAA@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2023-09-28 09:33:51 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut ebf76f2753 Add TupleDescGetDefault()
This unifies some repetitive code.

Note: I didn't push the "not found" error message into the new
function, even though all existing callers would be able to make use
of it.  Using the existing error handling as-is would probably require
exposing the Relation type via tupdesc.h, which doesn't seem
desirable.  (Or even if we changed it to just report the OID, it would
inject the concept of a relation containing the tuple descriptor into
tupdesc.h, which might be a layering violation.  Perhaps some further
improvements could be considered here separately.)

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/52a125e4-ff9a-95f5-9f61-b87cf447e4da%40eisentraut.org
2023-09-27 18:52:40 +01:00
Daniel Gustafsson 9dce22033d llvmjit: Use explicit LLVMContextRef for inlining
When performing inlining LLVM unfortunately "leaks" types (the
types survive and are usable, but a new round of inlining will
recreate new structurally equivalent types). This accumulation
will over time amount to a memory leak which for some queries
can be large enough to trigger the OOM process killer.

To avoid accumulation of types, all IR related data is stored
in an LLVMContextRef which is dropped and recreated in order
to release all types.  Dropping and recreating incurs overhead,
so it will be done only after 100 queries. This is a heuristic
which might be revisited, but until we can get the size of the
context from LLVM we are flying a bit blind.

This issue has been reported several times, there may be more
references to it in the archives on top of the threads linked
below.

Backpatching of this fix will be handled once it has matured
in master for a bit.

Reported-By: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reported-By: Kurt Roeckx <kurt@roeckx.be>
Reported-By: Jaime Casanova <jcasanov@systemguards.com.ec>
Reported-By: Lauri Laanmets <pcspets@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund and Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7acc8678-df5f-4923-9cf6-e843131ae89d@www.fastmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201218235607.GC30237@telsasoft.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPH-tTxLf44s3CvUUtQpkDr1D8Hxqc2NGDzGXS1ODsfiJ6WSqA@mail.gmail.com
2023-09-27 13:02:21 +02:00
Daniel Gustafsson ef668d8bf5 llvmjit: Make llvm_types_module variable static
Commit b059d2f456 introduced llvm_types_module and accidentally
exported it. As there is no usecase for accessing this variable
externally, this makes it static.

Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221101055132.pjjsvlkeo4stbjkq@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-09-27 13:02:14 +02:00
Amit Kapila 54ccfd6586 Fix the misuse of origin filter across multiple pg_logical_slot_get_changes() calls.
The pgoutput module uses a global variable (publish_no_origin) to cache
the action for the origin filter, but we didn't reset the flag when
shutting down the output plugin, so subsequent retries may access the
previous publish_no_origin value.

We fix this by storing the flag in the output plugin's private data.
Additionally, the patch removes the currently unused origin string from the
structure.

For the back branch, to avoid changing the exposed structure, we eliminated the
global variable and instead directly used the origin string for change
filtering.

Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Michael Paquier
Backpatch-through: 16
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB571690EF24F51F51EFFCBB0E94FAA@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2023-09-27 14:32:51 +05:30
Peter Eisentraut b0ae29512c MergeAttributes() and related variable renaming
Mainly, rename "schema" to "columns" and related changes.  The
previous naming has long been confusing.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/52a125e4-ff9a-95f5-9f61-b87cf447e4da%40eisentraut.org
2023-09-26 16:08:35 +01:00
Nathan Bossart 13aeaf0797 Add worker type to pg_stat_subscription.
Thanks to commit 2a8b40e368, the logical replication worker type is
easily determined.  The worker type could already be deduced via
other columns such as leader_pid and relid, but that is unnecessary
complexity for users.

Bumps catversion.

Author: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Maxim Orlov, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut%2BPtmbSMfErSk0S7xxVdZJ9XVE3xVLhqBTmT91kf57BeKDQ%40mail.gmail.com
2023-09-25 14:12:43 -07:00
Tom Lane 036297cf1b Pack struct ParsedWord more tightly.
In a 64-bit build there's an awful lot of useless pad space in
ParsedWords.  Since we may allocate large arrays of these,
it's worth some effort to reduce their size.

Here we reduce the alen field from uint32 to uint16, and then re-order
the fields to avoid unnecessary padding.  alen is only used to
remember the allocated size of the apos[] array, which is not allowed
to exceed MAXNUMPOS (256) elements, so uint16 is plenty of space for
it.  That gets us from 40 bytes to 24 on 64-bit builds, and from 20
bytes to 16 on 32-bit builds.

Per discussion of bug #18080.  Unfortunately this is an ABI break
so we can't back-patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1146921.1695411070@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-09-25 12:07:32 -04:00
Daniel Gustafsson 7750fefdb2 Add GUC for temporarily disabling event triggers
In order to troubleshoot misbehaving or buggy event triggers, the
documented advice is to enter single-user mode.  In an attempt to
reduce the number of situations where single-user mode is required
(or even recommended) for non-extraordinary maintenance, this GUC
allows to temporarily suspend event triggers.

This was originally extracted from a larger patchset which aimed
at supporting event triggers on login events.

Reviewed-by: Ted Yu <yuzhihong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mikhail Gribkov <youzhick@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9140106E-F9BF-4D85-8FC8-F2D3C094A6D9@yesql.se
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0d46d29f-4558-3af9-9c85-7774e14a7709@postgrespro.ru
2023-09-25 12:41:49 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut e59fcbd712 Simplify information schema check constraint deparsing
The computation of the column
information_schema.check_constraints.check_clause used
pg_get_constraintdef() plus some string manipulation to get the check
clause back out.  This ended up with an extra pair of parentheses,
which is only an aesthetic problem, but also with suffixes like "NOT
VALID", which don't belong into that column.  We can fix both of these
problems and simplify the code by just using pg_get_expr() instead.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/799b59ef-3330-f0d2-ee23-8cdfa1740987@eisentraut.org
2023-09-22 07:43:26 +02:00
Nathan Bossart c103d07381 Add function for removing arbitrary nodes in binaryheap.
This commit introduces binaryheap_remove_node(), which can be used
to remove any node from a binary heap.  The implementation is
straightforward.  The target node is replaced with the last node in
the heap, and then we sift as needed to preserve the heap property.
This new function is intended for use in a follow-up commit that
will improve the performance of pg_restore.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3612876.1689443232%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-09-18 14:06:08 -07:00
Nathan Bossart 5af0263afd Make binaryheap available to frontend code.
There are a couple of places in frontend code that could make use
of this simple binary heap implementation.  This commit makes
binaryheap usable in frontend code, much like commit 26aaf97b68 did
for StringInfo.  Like StringInfo, the header file is left in lib/
to reduce the likelihood of unnecessary breakage.

The frontend version of binaryheap exposes a void *-based API since
frontend code does not have access to the Datum definitions.  This
seemed like a better approach than switching all existing uses to
void * or making the Datum definitions available to frontend code.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3612876.1689443232%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-09-18 12:18:33 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut a0a5e0feb3 Fix information schema for catalogued not-null constraints
The column check_constraints.check_clause should be like

    col IS NOT NULL

without a surrounding CHECK (...).

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/09489196-0bc1-e796-c43e-63425f7c5910@eisentraut.org
2023-09-18 08:10:51 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 9d17e5f16f Update Unicode data to Unicode 15.1.0 2023-09-18 07:26:34 +02:00
Amit Kapila e0b2eed047 Flush logical slots to disk during a shutdown checkpoint if required.
It's entirely possible for a logical slot to have a confirmed_flush LSN
higher than the last value saved on disk while not being marked as dirty.
Currently, it is not a major problem but a later patch adding support for
the upgrade of slots relies on that value being properly flushed to disk.

It can also help avoid processing the same transactions again in some
boundary cases after the clean shutdown and restart.  Say, we process
some transactions for which we didn't send anything downstream (the
changes got filtered) but the confirm_flush LSN is updated due to
keepalives.  As we don't flush the latest value of confirm_flush LSN, it
may lead to processing the same changes again without this patch.

The approach taken by this patch has been suggested by Ashutosh Bapat.

Author: Vignesh C, Julien Rouhaud, Kuroda Hayato
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Dilip Kumar, Michael Paquier, Ashutosh Bapat, Peter Smith, Hou Zhijie
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1JzJagMmb_E8D4au=GYQkxox0AfNBm1FbP7sy7t4YWXPQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/TYAPR01MB58664C81887B3AF2EB6B16E3F5939@TYAPR01MB5866.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2023-09-14 08:57:05 +05:30
Daniel Gustafsson 5a3423ad8e Add JIT deform_counter
generation_counter includes time spent on both JIT:ing expressions
and tuple deforming which are configured independently via options
jit_expressions and jit_tuple_deforming.  As they are  combined in
the same counter it's not apparent what fraction of time the tuple
deforming takes.

This adds deform_counter dedicated to tuple deforming, which allows
seeing more directly the influence jit_tuple_deforming is having on
the query. The counter is exposed in EXPLAIN and pg_stat_statements
bumpin pg_stat_statements to 1.11.

Author: Dmitry Dolgov <9erthalion6@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220612091253.eegstkufdsu4kfls@erthalion.local
2023-09-08 15:05:12 +02:00
Thomas Munro 9f0602539d Remove some more "snapshot too old" vestiges.
Commit f691f5b8 removed the logic, but left behind some now-useless
Snapshot arguments to various AM-internal functions, and missed a couple
of comments.

Reported-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wznj9qSNXZ1P1uWTUD_FeaTezbUazb416EPwi4Qr_jR_6A%40mail.gmail.com
2023-09-08 17:12:12 +12:00
Alvaro Herrera 3af7217942
Update information_schema definition for not-null constraints
Now that we have catalogued not-null constraints, our information_schema
definition can be updated to grab those rather than fabricate synthetic
definitions.

Note that we still don't have catalog rows for not-null constraints on
domains, but we've never had not-null constraints listed in
information_schema, so that's a problem to be solved separately.

Co-authored-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Co-authored-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/81b461c4-edab-5d8c-2f88-203108425340@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202309041710.psytrxlsiqex@alvherre.pgsql
2023-09-07 11:33:01 +02:00
Thomas Munro 0da096d78e Fix recovery conflict SIGUSR1 handling.
We shouldn't be doing non-trivial work in signal handlers in general,
and in this case the handler could reach unsafe code and corrupt state.
It also clobbered its own "reason" code.

Move all recovery conflict decision logic into the next
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(), and have the signal handler just set flags and
the latch, following the standard pattern.  Since there are several
different "reasons", use a separate flag for each.

With this refactoring, the recovery conflict system no longer
piggy-backs on top of the regular query cancelation mechanism, but
instead raises an error directly if it decides that is necessary.  It
still needs to respect QueryCancelHoldoffCount, because otherwise the
FEBE protocol might get out of sync (see commit 2b3a8b20c2).

This fixes one class of intermittent failure in the new
031_recovery_conflict.pl test added by commit 9f8a050f, though the buggy
coding is much older.  Failures outside contrived testing seem to be
very rare (or perhaps incorrectly attributed) in the field, based on
lack of reports.

No back-patch for now due to complexity and release schedule.  We have
the option to back-patch into 16 later, as 16 has prerequisite commit
bea3d7e.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (earlier version)
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz> (earlier version)
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> (earlier version)
Tested-by: Christoph Berg <myon@debian.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK3PGKwcKqzoosamn36YW-fsuTdOPPF1i_rtEO%3DnEYKSg%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACVr8au2J_9D88UfRCi0JdWhyQDDxAcSVav0B0irx9nXEg%40mail.gmail.com
2023-09-07 12:39:24 +12:00
Nathan Bossart 8c16ad3b43 Allow using syncfs() in frontend utilities.
This commit allows specifying a --sync-method in several frontend
utilities that must synchronize many files to disk (initdb,
pg_basebackup, pg_checksums, pg_dump, pg_rewind, and pg_upgrade).
On Linux, users can specify "syncfs" to synchronize the relevant
file systems instead of calling fsync() for every single file.  In
many cases, using syncfs() is much faster.

As with recovery_init_sync_method, this new option comes with some
caveats.  The descriptions of these caveats have been moved to a
new appendix section in the documentation.

Co-authored-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Thomas Munro, Robert Haas, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210930004340.GM831%40telsasoft.com
2023-09-06 16:27:16 -07:00
Nathan Bossart cccc6cdeb3 Add support for syncfs() in frontend support functions.
This commit adds support for using syncfs() in fsync_pgdata() and
fsync_dir_recurse() (which have been renamed to sync_pgdata() and
sync_dir_recurse()).  Like recovery_init_sync_method,
sync_pgdata() calls syncfs() for the data directory, each
tablespace, and pg_wal (if it is a symlink).  For now, all of the
frontend utilities that use these support functions are hard-coded
to use fsync(), but a follow-up commit will allow specifying
syncfs().

Co-authored-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210930004340.GM831%40telsasoft.com
2023-09-06 16:27:00 -07:00
Nathan Bossart 3ed1956719 Make enum for sync methods available to frontend code.
This commit renames RecoveryInitSyncMethod to DataDirSyncMethod and
moves it to common/file_utils.h.  This is preparatory work for a
follow-up commit that will allow specifying the synchronization
method in frontend utilities such as pg_upgrade and pg_basebackup.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZN2ZB4afQ2JbR9TA%40paquier.xyz
2023-09-06 16:26:39 -07:00
Nathan Bossart f39b265808 Move PG_TEMP_FILE* macros to file_utils.h.
Presently, frontend code that needs to use these macros must either
include storage/fd.h, which declares several frontend-unsafe
functions, or duplicate the macros.  This commit moves these macros
to common/file_utils.h, which is safe for both frontend and backend
code.  Consequently, we can also remove the duplicated macros in
pg_checksums and stop including storage/fd.h in pg_rewind.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZOP5qoUualu5xl2Z%40paquier.xyz
2023-09-05 17:02:06 -07:00
Thomas Munro f691f5b80a Remove the "snapshot too old" feature.
Remove the old_snapshot_threshold setting and mechanism for producing
the error "snapshot too old", originally added by commit 848ef42b.
Unfortunately it had a number of known problems in terms of correctness
and performance, mostly reported by Andres in the course of his work on
snapshot scalability.  We agreed to remove it, after a long period
without an active plan to fix it.

This is certainly a desirable feature, and someone might propose a new
or improved implementation in the future.

Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACG%3DezYV%2BEvO135fLRdVn-ZusfVsTY6cH1OZqWtezuEYH6ciQA%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200401064008.qob7bfnnbu4w5cw4%40alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BTgmoY%3Daqf0zjTD%2B3dUWYkgMiNDegDLFjo%2B6ze%3DWtpik%2B3XqA%40mail.gmail.com
2023-09-05 19:53:43 +12:00
Peter Eisentraut 226d0a6b98 Restructure DECLARE_INDEX arguments
Separate the table name from the index declaration.  We need that
anyway later for the ALTER TABLE / USING INDEX commands, so we might
as well structure the declarations like that to begin with.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/75ae5875-3abc-dafc-8aec-73247ed41cde@eisentraut.org
2023-08-31 08:14:57 +02:00
Nathan Bossart d0fe3046ee Use actual backend IDs in pg_stat_get_backend_subxact().
Unlike the other pg_stat_get_backend* functions,
pg_stat_get_backend_subxact() looks up the backend entry by using
its integer argument as a 1-based index in an internal array.  The
other functions look for the entry with the matching session
backend ID.  These numbers often match, but that isn't reliably
true.

This commit resolves this discrepancy by introducing
pgstat_get_local_beentry_by_backend_id() and using it in
pg_stat_get_backend_subxact().  We cannot use
pgstat_get_beentry_by_backend_id() because it returns a
PgBackendStatus, which lacks the locally computed additions
available in LocalPgBackendStatus that are required by
pg_stat_get_backend_subxact().

Author: Ian Barwick
Reviewed-by: Sami Imseih, Michael Paquier, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB8KJ%3Dj-ACb3H4L9a_b3ZG3iCYDW5aEu3WsPAzkm2S7JzS1Few%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 16
2023-08-30 14:47:01 -07:00
Nathan Bossart 3d51cb5197 Rename some support functions for pgstat* views.
Presently, pgstat_fetch_stat_beentry() accepts a session's backend
ID as its argument, and pgstat_fetch_stat_local_beentry() accepts a
1-based index in an internal array as its argument.  The former is
typically used wherever a user must provide a backend ID, and the
latter is usually used internally when looping over all entries in
the array.  This difference was first introduced by d7e39d72ca.
Before that commit, both functions accepted a 1-based index to the
internal array.

This commit renames these two functions to make it clear whether
they use the backend ID or the 1-based index to look up the entry.
This is preparatory work for a follow-up change that will introduce
a function for looking up a LocalPgBackendStatus using a backend
ID.

Reviewed-by: Ian Barwick, Sami Imseih, Michael Paquier, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB8KJ%3Dj-ACb3H4L9a_b3ZG3iCYDW5aEu3WsPAzkm2S7JzS1Few%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 16
2023-08-30 14:46:52 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera 9b581c5341
Disallow changing NO INHERIT status of a not-null constraint
It makes no sense to add a NO INHERIT not-null constraint to a child
table that already has one in that column inherited from its parent.
Disallow that, and add tests for the relevant cases.

Per complaint from Kyotaro Horiguchi.  I also used part of his proposed
patch.

Co-authored-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230828.161658.1184657435220765047.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
2023-08-29 19:19:24 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 63956bed7b Rename logical_replication_mode to debug_logical_replication_streaming
The logical_replication_mode GUC is intended for testing and debugging
purposes, but its current name may be misleading and encourage users to make
unnecessary changes.

To avoid confusion, renaming the GUC to a less misleading name
debug_logical_replication_streaming that casual users are less likely to mistakenly
assume needs to be modified in a regular logical replication setup.

Author: Hou Zhijie <houzj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith <smithpb2250@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/d672d774-c44b-6fec-f993-793e744f169a%40eisentraut.org
2023-08-29 15:19:56 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 36e4419d1f Make error messages about WAL segment size more consistent
Make the primary messages more compact and make the detail messages
uniform.  In initdb.c and pg_resetwal.c, use the newish
option_parse_int() to simplify some of the option parsing.  For the
backend GUC wal_segment_size, add a GUC check hook to do the
verification instead of coding it in bootstrap.c.  This might be
overkill, but that way the check is in the right place and it becomes
more self-documenting.

In passing, make pg_controldata use the logging API for warning
messages.

Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/9939aa8a-d7be-da2c-7715-0a0b5535a1f7@eisentraut.org
2023-08-28 15:17:04 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 9a0ddc39c6 Format list of catalog files in makefile vertically
This makes it easier to compare the lists visually with the
corresponding meson lists.

In passing, copy over some relevant comments from the makefiles to
meson.build.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/a306be82-ee71-4554-d499-49a45a654396%40eisentraut.org
2023-08-28 06:20:56 +02:00
Michael Paquier bb45156f34 Show names of DEALLOCATE as constants in pg_stat_statements
This commit switches query jumbling so as prepared statement names are
treated as constants in DeallocateStmt.  A boolean field is added to
DeallocateStmt to make a distinction between ALL and named prepared
statements, as "name" was used to make this difference before, NULL
meaning DEALLOCATE ALL.

Prior to this commit, DEALLOCATE was not tracked in pg_stat_statements,
for the reason that it was not possible to treat its name parameter as a
constant.  Now that query jumbling applies to all the utility nodes,
this reason does not apply anymore.

Like 638d42a3c5, this can be a huge advantage for monitoring where
prepared statement names are randomly generated, preventing bloat in
pg_stat_statements.  A couple of tests are added to track the new
behavior.

Author: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZMhT9kNtJJsHw6jK@paquier.xyz
2023-08-27 17:27:44 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera b0e96f3119
Catalog not-null constraints
We now create contype='n' pg_constraint rows for not-null constraints.

We propagate these constraints to other tables during operations such as
adding inheritance relationships, creating and attaching partitions and
creating tables LIKE other tables.  We also spawn not-null constraints
for inheritance child tables when their parents have primary keys.
These related constraints mostly follow the well-known rules of
conislocal and coninhcount that we have for CHECK constraints, with some
adaptations: for example, as opposed to CHECK constraints, we don't
match not-null ones by name when descending a hierarchy to alter it,
instead matching by column name that they apply to.  This means we don't
require the constraint names to be identical across a hierarchy.

For now, we omit them for system catalogs.  Maybe this is worth
reconsidering.  We don't support NOT VALID nor DEFERRABLE clauses
either; these can be added as separate features later (this patch is
already large and complicated enough.)

psql shows these constraints in \d+.

pg_dump requires some ad-hoc hacks, particularly when dumping a primary
key.  We now create one "throwaway" not-null constraint for each column
in the PK together with the CREATE TABLE command, and once the PK is
created, all those throwaway constraints are removed.  This avoids
having to check each tuple for nullness when the dump restores the
primary key creation.

pg_upgrading from an older release requires a somewhat brittle procedure
to create a constraint state that matches what would be created if the
database were being created fresh in Postgres 17.  I have tested all the
scenarios I could think of, and it works correctly as far as I can tell,
but I could have neglected weird cases.

This patch has been very long in the making.  The first patch was
written by Bernd Helmle in 2010 to add a new pg_constraint.contype value
('n'), which I (Álvaro) then hijacked in 2011 and 2012, until that one
was killed by the realization that we ought to use contype='c' instead:
manufactured CHECK constraints.  However, later SQL standard
development, as well as nonobvious emergent properties of that design
(mostly, failure to distinguish them from "normal" CHECK constraints as
well as the performance implication of having to test the CHECK
expression) led us to reconsider this choice, so now the current
implementation uses contype='n' again.  During Postgres 16 this had
already been introduced by commit e056c557ae, but there were some
problems mainly with the pg_upgrade procedure that couldn't be fixed in
reasonable time, so it was reverted.

In 2016 Vitaly Burovoy also worked on this feature[1] but found no
consensus for his proposed approach, which was claimed to be closer to
the letter of the standard, requiring an additional pg_attribute column
to track the OID of the not-null constraint for that column.
[1] https://postgr.es/m/CAKOSWNkN6HSyatuys8xZxzRCR-KL1OkHS5-b9qd9bf1Rad3PLA@mail.gmail.com

Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Author: Bernd Helmle <mailings@oopsware.de>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed <dean.a.rasheed@gmail.com>
2023-08-25 13:31:24 +02:00
Amit Kapila 9c13b6814a Reset the logical worker type while cleaning up other worker info.
Commit 2a8b40e36 introduces the worker type field for logical replication
workers, but forgot to reset the type when the worker exits. This can lead
to recognizing a stopped worker as a valid logical replication worker.

Fix it by resetting the worker type and additionally adding the safeguard
to not use LogicalRepWorker until ->in_use is verified.

Reported-by: Thomas Munro based on cfbot reports.
Author: Hou Zhijie, Alvaro Herrera
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGK2RQh4LifVgBmkHsCYChP-65UwGXOmnCzYVa5aAt4GWg@mail.gmail.com
2023-08-25 08:57:55 +05:30
Tom Lane d8b2fcc9d4 Avoid unnecessary plancache revalidation of utility statements.
Revalidation of a plancache entry (after a cache invalidation event)
requires acquiring a snapshot.  Normally that is harmless, but not
if the cached statement is one that needs to run without acquiring a
snapshot.  We were already aware of that for TransactionStmts,
but for some reason hadn't extrapolated to the other statements that
PlannedStmtRequiresSnapshot() knows mustn't set a snapshot.  This can
lead to unexpected failures of commands such as SET TRANSACTION
ISOLATION LEVEL.  We can fix it in the same way, by excluding those
command types from revalidation.

However, we can do even better than that: there is no need to
revalidate for any statement type for which parse analysis, rewrite,
and plan steps do nothing interesting, which is nearly all utility
commands.  To mechanize this, invent a parser function
stmt_requires_parse_analysis() that tells whether parse analysis does
anything beyond wrapping a CMD_UTILITY Query around the raw parse
tree.  If that's what it does, then rewrite and plan will just
skip the Query, so that it is not possible for the same raw parse
tree to produce a different plan tree after cache invalidation.

stmt_requires_parse_analysis() is basically equivalent to the
existing function analyze_requires_snapshot(), except that for
obscure reasons that function omits ReturnStmt and CallStmt.
It is unclear whether those were oversights or intentional.
I have not been able to demonstrate a bug from not acquiring a
snapshot while analyzing these commands, but at best it seems mighty
fragile.  It seems safer to acquire a snapshot for parse analysis of
these commands too, which allows making stmt_requires_parse_analysis
and analyze_requires_snapshot equivalent.

In passing this fixes a second bug, which is that ResetPlanCache
would exclude ReturnStmts and CallStmts from revalidation.
That's surely *not* safe, since they contain parsable expressions.

Per bug #18059 from Pavel Kulakov.  Back-patch to all supported
branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18059-79c692f036b25346@postgresql.org
2023-08-24 12:02:46 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 3c09d11594 Update DECLARE_INDEX documentation
Update source code comment changes belonging to the changes in
6a6389a08b.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/75ae5875-3abc-dafc-8aec-73247ed41cde@eisentraut.org
2023-08-24 13:59:40 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 4f3514f201 Rename hook functions for debug_io_direct to match variable name.
Commit 319bae9a renamed the GUC.  Rename the check and assign functions
to match, and alphabetize.

Back-patch to 16.

Author: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2769341e-fa28-c2ee-3e4b-53fdcaaf2271%40eisentraut.org
2023-08-24 22:25:49 +12:00
Daniel Gustafsson b575a26c66 Add proargnames to multi-argument aggregate functions
Having argument names makes it easier to understand how to use the
aggregate functions when inspecting them with \dfa or similar.

Author: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org>
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Reviewed-by: Jim Jones <jim.jones@uni-muenster.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/877cw3jl8y.fsf@wibble.ilmari.org
2023-08-24 11:53:42 +02:00
Nathan Bossart d7f249020a Bump catversion for to_bin() and to_oct().
Missed in 260a1f18da.
2023-08-23 14:19:58 -07:00
Nathan Bossart 260a1f18da Add to_bin() and to_oct().
This commit introduces functions for converting numbers to their
equivalent binary and octal representations.  Also, the base
conversion code for these functions and to_hex() has been moved to
a common helper function.

Co-authored-by: Eric Radman
Reviewed-by: Ian Barwick, Dag Lem, Vignesh C, Tom Lane, Peter Eisentraut, Kirk Wolak, Vik Fearing, John Naylor, Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y6IyTQQ/TsD5wnsH%40vm3.eradman.com
2023-08-23 07:49:03 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut 23382b0f8b Rename some function arguments for better clarity
Especially make sure that array arguments have plural names.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5ed89c69-f4e6-5dab-4003-63bde7460e5e%40eisentraut.org
2023-08-23 06:39:39 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 11af63fb48 Add const decorations
in index.c and indexcmds.c and some adjacent places.  This especially
makes it easier to understand for some complicated function signatures
which are the input and the output arguments.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5ed89c69-f4e6-5dab-4003-63bde7460e5e%40eisentraut.org
2023-08-23 06:39:39 +02:00
Nathan Bossart f4b54e1ed9 Introduce macros for protocol characters.
This commit introduces descriptively-named macros for the
identifiers used in wire protocol messages.  These new macros are
placed in a new header file so that they can be easily used by
third-party code.

Author: Dave Cramer
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Tatsuo Ishii, Peter Smith, Robert Haas, Tom Lane, Peter Eisentraut, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADK3HHKbBmK-PKf1bPNFoMC%2BoBt%2BpD9PH8h5nvmBQskEHm-Ehw%40mail.gmail.com
2023-08-22 19:16:12 -07:00
Thomas Munro 7114791158 ExtendBufferedWhat -> BufferManagerRelation.
Commit 31966b15 invented a way for functions dealing with relation
extension to accept a Relation in online code and an SMgrRelation in
recovery code.  It seems highly likely that future bufmgr.c interfaces
will face the same problem, and need to do something similar.
Generalize the names so that each interface doesn't have to re-invent
the wheel.

Back-patch to 16.  Since extension AM authors might start using the
constructor macros once 16 ships, we agreed to do the rename in 16
rather than waiting for 17.

Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2B6tLD2BhpRWycEoti6LVLyQq457UL4ticP5xd8LqHySA%40mail.gmail.com
2023-08-23 12:31:23 +12:00
Michael Paquier 1951d21b29 Bump catalog version for pg_wait_events
Missed in 1e68e43, because I cannot correctly merge a branch.
2023-08-20 15:44:48 +09:00
Michael Paquier 1e68e43d3f Add system view pg_wait_events
This new view, wrapped around a SRF, shows some information known about
wait events, as of:
- Name.
- Type (Activity, I/O, Extension, etc.).
- Description.

All the information retrieved comes from wait_event_names.txt, and the
description is the same as the documentation with filters applied to
remove any XML markups.  This view is useful when joined with
pg_stat_activity to get the description of a wait event reported.

Custom wait events for extensions are included in the view.

Original idea by Yves Colin.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Masahiro Ikeda, Tom Lane, Michael
Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0e2ae164-dc89-03c3-cf7f-de86378053ac@gmail.com
2023-08-20 15:35:02 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut 78806a9509 Remove incorrect field from information schema
The source code comment already said that the presence of the field
element_types.domain_default might be a bug in the standard, since it
never made sense there.  Indeed, the field is gone in newer versions
of the standard.  So just remove it.
2023-08-16 13:46:26 +02:00
John Naylor c9bfa40914 Split out tiebreaker comparisons from comparetup_* functions
Previously, if a specialized comparator found equal datum1 keys,
the "comparetup" function would repeat the comparison on the
datum before proceeding with the unabbreviated first key
and/or additional sort keys.

Move comparing additional sort keys into "tiebreak" functions so
that specialized comparators can call these directly if needed,
avoiding duplicate work.

Reviewed by David Rowley

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFBsxsGaVfUrjTghpf%3DkDBYY%3DjWx1PN-fuusVe7Vw5s0XqGdGw%40mail.gmail.com
2023-08-16 17:15:07 +07:00
Etsuro Fujita 9e9931d2bf Re-allow FDWs and custom scan providers to replace joins with pseudoconstant quals.
This was disabled in commit 6f80a8d9c due to the lack of support for
handling of pseudoconstant quals assigned to replaced joins in
createplan.c.  To re-allow it, this patch adds the support by 1)
modifying the ForeignPath and CustomPath structs so that if they
represent foreign and custom scans replacing a join with a scan, they
store the list of RestrictInfo nodes to apply to the join, as in
JoinPaths, and by 2) modifying create_scan_plan() in createplan.c so
that it uses that list in that case, instead of the baserestrictinfo
list, to get pseudoconstant quals assigned to the join, as mentioned in
the commit message for that commit.

Important item for the release notes: this is non-backwards-compatible
since it modifies the ForeignPath and CustomPath structs, as mentioned
above, and changes the argument lists for FDW helper functions
create_foreignscan_path(), create_foreign_join_path(), and
create_foreign_upper_path().

Richard Guo, with some additional changes by me, reviewed by Nishant
Sharma, Suraj Kharage, and Richard Guo.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADrsxdbcN1vejBaf8a%2BQhrZY5PXL-04mCd4GDu6qm6FigDZd6Q%40mail.gmail.com
2023-08-15 16:45:00 +09:00
Thomas Munro 5ffb7c7750 De-pessimize ConditionVariableCancelSleep().
Commit b91dd9de was concerned with a theoretical problem with our
non-atomic condition variable operations.  If you stop sleeping, and
then cancel the sleep in a separate step, you might be signaled in
between, and that could be lost.  That doesn't matter for callers of
ConditionVariableBroadcast(), but callers of ConditionVariableSignal()
might be upset if a signal went missing like this.

Commit bc971f4025 interacted badly with that logic, because it doesn't
use ConditionVariableSleep(), which would normally put us back in the
wait list.  ConditionVariableCancelSleep() would be confused and think
we'd received an extra signal, and try to forward it to another backend,
resulting in wakeup storms.

New idea: ConditionVariableCancelSleep() can just return true if we've
been signaled.  Hypothetical users of ConditionVariableSignal() would
then still have a way to deal with rare lost signals if they are
concerned about that problem.

Back-patch to 16, where bc971f4025 arrived.

Reported-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2840876b-4cfe-240f-0a7e-29ffd66711e7%40enterprisedb.com
2023-08-15 10:23:47 +12:00
Andres Freund 82a4edabd2 hio: Take number of prior relation extensions into account
The new relation extension logic, introduced in 00d1e02be2, could lead to
slowdowns in some scenarios. E.g., when loading narrow rows into a table using
COPY, the caller of RelationGetBufferForTuple() will only request a small
number of pages. Without concurrency, we just extended using pwritev() in that
case. However, if there is *some* concurrency, we switched between extending
by a small number of pages and a larger number of pages, depending on the
number of waiters for the relation extension logic.  However, some
filesystems, XFS in particular, do not perform well when switching between
extending files using fallocate() and pwritev().

To avoid that issue, remember the number of prior relation extensions in
BulkInsertState and extend more aggressively if there were prior relation
extensions. That not just avoids the aforementioned slowdown, but also leads
to noticeable performance gains in other situations, primarily due to
extending more aggressively when there is no concurrency. I should have done
it this way from the get go.

Reported-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDvDmUQeJtZrau1ovnT_smN940=Kp6mszNGK3bq9yRN6g@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 16-, where the new relation extension code was added
2023-08-14 11:33:09 -07:00
Michael Paquier af720b4c50 Change custom wait events to use dynamic shared hash tables
Currently, the names of the custom wait event must be registered for
each backend, requiring all these to link to the shared memory area of
an extension, even if these are not loaded with
shared_preload_libraries.

This patch relaxes the constraints related to this infrastructure by
storing the wait events and their names in two dynamic hash tables in
shared memory.  This has the advantage to simplify the registration of
custom wait events to a single routine call that returns an event ID
ready for consumption:
uint32 WaitEventExtensionNew(const char *wait_event_name);

The caller of this routine can then cache locally the ID returned, to be
used for pgstat_report_wait_start(), WaitLatch() or a similar routine.

The implementation uses two hash tables: one with a key based on the
event name to avoid duplicates and a second using the event ID as key
for event lookups, like on pg_stat_activity.  These tables can hold a
minimum of 16 entries, and a maximum of 128 entries, which should be plenty
enough.

The code changes done in worker_spi show how things are simplified (most
of the code removed in this commit comes from there):
- worker_spi_init() is gone.
- No more shared memory hooks required (size requested and
initialization).
- The custom wait event ID is cached in the process that needs to set
it, with one single call to WaitEventExtensionNew() to retrieve it.

Per suggestion from Andres Freund.

Author: Masahiro Ikeda, with a few tweaks from me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230801032349.aaiuvhtrcvvcwzcx@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-08-14 14:47:27 +09:00
Amit Kapila 2a8b40e368 Simplify determining logical replication worker types.
We deduce a LogicalRepWorker's type from the values of several different
fields ('relid' and 'leader_pid') whenever logic needs to know it.

In fact, the logical replication worker type is already known at the time
of launching the LogicalRepWorker and it never changes for the lifetime of
that process. Instead of deducing the type, it is simpler to just store it
one time, and access it directly thereafter.

Author: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PttPSuP0yoZ=9zLDXKqTJ=d0bhxwKaEaNcaym1XqcvDEg@mail.gmail.com
2023-08-14 08:38:03 +05:30
Michael Paquier 638d42a3c5 Show GIDs of two-phase commit commands as constants in pg_stat_statements
This relies on the "location" field added to TransactionStmt in 31de7e6,
now applied to the "gid" field used by 2PC commands.  These commands are
now reported like:
COMMIT PREPARED $1
PREPARE TRANSACTION $1
ROLLBACK PREPARED $1

Applying constants for these commands is a huge advantage for workloads
that rely a lot on 2PC commands with different GIDs.  Some tests are
added to track the new behavior.

Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZMhT9kNtJJsHw6jK@paquier.xyz
2023-08-12 10:44:15 +09:00
Jeff Davis 5765cfe18c Transform proconfig for faster execution.
Store function config settings in lists to avoid the need to parse and
allocate for each function execution.

Speedup is modest but significant. Additionally, this change also
seems cleaner and supports some other performance improvements under
discussion.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/04c8592dbd694e4114a3ed87139a7a04e4363030.camel@j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
2023-08-10 12:43:53 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera b57cfb439b
Document RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap better
Commit 19d8e2308b changed the list of set-of-columns that can be
returned by RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap, but didn't update its
"documentation".  That was pretty hard to read already, so rewrite to
make it more comprehensible, adding the missing values while at it.

Backpatch to 16, like that commit.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230809091155.7c7f3gttjk3dj4ze@alvherre.pgsql
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
2023-08-10 12:04:07 +02:00
John Naylor 4d14ccd6af Use native CRC instructions on 64-bit LoongArch
As with the Intel and Arm CRC instructions, compiler intrinsics for
them must be supported by the compiler. In contrast, no runtime check
is needed. Aligned memory access is faster, so use the Arm coding as
a model.

YANG Xudong

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b522a0c5-e3b2-99cc-6387-58134fb88cbe%40ymatrix.cn
2023-08-10 11:36:15 +07:00
Peter Eisentraut 67c0ef9752 Improve const use in zlib-using code
If we define ZLIB_CONST before including zlib.h, zlib augments some
interfaces with const decorations.  By doing that we can keep our own
interfaces cleaner and can remove some unconstify calls.

ZLIB_CONST was introduced in zlib 1.2.5.2 (17 Dec 2011).  When
compiling with older zlib releases, you might now get compiler
warnings about discarding qualifiers.

CentOS 6 has zlib 1.2.3, but in 8e278b6576, we removed support for the
OpenSSL release in CentOS 6, so it seems ok to de-support the zlib
release in CentOS 6 as well.

Reviewed-by: Tristan Partin <tristan@neon.tech>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/33462926-bb1e-7cc9-8d92-d86318e8ed1d%40eisentraut.org
2023-08-07 09:34:38 +02:00
David Rowley 3900a02c97 Account for startup rows when costing WindowAggs
Here we adjust the costs for WindowAggs so that they properly take into
account how much of their subnode they must read before outputting the
first row.  Without this, we always assumed that the startup cost for the
WindowAgg was not much more expensive than the startup cost of its
subnode, however, that's going to be completely wrong in many cases.  The
WindowAgg may have to read *all* of its subnode to output a single row
with certain window bound options.

Here we estimate how many rows we'll need to read from the WindowAgg's
subnode and proportionally add more of the subnode's run costs onto the
WindowAgg's startup costs according to how much of it we expect to have to
read in order to produce the first WindowAgg row.

The reason this is more important than we might have initially thought is
that we may end up making use of a path from the lower planner that works
well as a cheap startup plan when the query has a LIMIT clause, however,
the WindowAgg might mean we need to read far more rows than what the LIMIT
specifies.

No backpatch on this so as not to cause plan changes in released
versions.

Bug: #17862
Reported-by: Tim Palmer
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andy Fan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17862-1ab8f74b0f7b0611@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrB0S5BMv+0-wTTqWFE-BJ0noWqTnDu9QQfjZ2VSpLv_g@mail.gmail.com
2023-08-04 09:27:38 +12:00
Etsuro Fujita 20f90a0e4d Update comments on CustomPath struct.
Commit e7cb7ee14 allowed custom scan providers to create CustomPath
paths for join relations as well, but missed updating the comments.

Back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPmGK15ODkN%2B%3DhkBCufj1HBW0x5OTb65Xuy7ryXchMdiCMpx_g%40mail.gmail.com
2023-08-03 17:15:00 +09:00
Amit Kapila 02c1b64fb1 Refactor to split Apply and Tablesync Workers code.
Both apply and tablesync workers were using ApplyWorkerMain() as entry
point. As the name implies, ApplyWorkerMain() should be considered as
the main function for apply workers. Tablesync worker's path was hidden
and does not have enough in common to share the same main function with
apply worker.

Also, most of the code shared by both worker types is already combined
in LogicalRepApplyLoop(). There is no need to combine the rest in
ApplyWorkerMain() anymore.

This patch introduces TablesyncWorkerMain() as a new entry point for
tablesync workers. This aims to increase code readability and would help
with future improvements like the reuse of tablesync workers in the
initial synchronization.

Author: Melih Mutlu based on suggestions by Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Kuroda Hayato, Amit Kapila
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAGPVpCTq=rUDd4JUdaRc1XUWf4BrH2gdSNf3rtOMUGj9rPpfzQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-08-03 08:59:50 +05:30
Robert Haas 6050b6a92d Add and use symbolic constants for tar header offsets and file types.
Because symbolic constants in a header file are better than magic
constants embedded in the code.

Patch by me, reviewed by Tom Lane, Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker, and
Tristan Partin.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZNbLwhmCrNtkJAvi8FLkwFdMeVU3myV2HQQpA5bvbRZg@mail.gmail.com
2023-08-01 13:50:42 -04:00
Noah Misch d3a38318ac Rename OverrideSearchPath to SearchPathMatcher.
The previous commit removed the "override" APIs.  Surviving APIs facilitate
plancache.c to snapshot search_path and test whether the current value equals
a remembered snapshot.

Aleksander Alekseev.  Reported by Alexander Lakhin and Noah Misch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8ffb4650-52c4-6a81-38fc-8f99be981130@gmail.com
2023-07-31 17:04:47 -07:00
Noah Misch 7c5c4e1c03 Remove PushOverrideSearchPath() and PopOverrideSearchPath().
Since commit 681d9e4621, they have no in-tree
calls.  Any new calls would introduce security vulnerabilities like the one
fixed in that commit.

Alexander Lakhin, reviewed by Aleksander Alekseev.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8ffb4650-52c4-6a81-38fc-8f99be981130@gmail.com
2023-07-31 17:04:47 -07:00
Michael Paquier c9af054653 Support custom wait events for wait event type "Extension"
Two backend routines are added to allow extension to allocate and define
custom wait events, all of these being allocated in the type
"Extension":
* WaitEventExtensionNew(), that allocates a wait event ID computed from
a counter in shared memory.
* WaitEventExtensionRegisterName(), to associate a custom string to the
wait event ID allocated.

Note that this includes an example of how to use this new facility in
worker_spi with tests in TAP for various scenarios, and some
documentation about how to use them.

Any code in the tree that currently uses WAIT_EVENT_EXTENSION could
switch to this new facility to define custom wait events.  This is left
as work for future patches.

Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Michael Paquier, Tristan Partin, Bharath
Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b9f5411acda0cf15c8fbb767702ff43e@oss.nttdata.com
2023-07-31 17:09:24 +09:00
John Naylor 39055cb4cc Bring some MSVC asserts in line with other platforms
MSVC's _BitScan* functions return a boolean indicating whether any
bits were set in the input, and we were previously asserting that
they returned true, per our API. This is correct. However, other
platforms simply assert that the input is non-zero, so do that to be
more consistent.

Noted while investigating a hypothesis from Ranier Vilela about
undefined behavior, but this is not his proposed patch.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAEudQAoDhUZyKGJ1vbMGcgVUOcsixe-%3DjcVaDWarqkUg163D2w%40mail.gmail.com
2023-07-31 14:46:21 +07:00
Etsuro Fujita 6f80a8d9c1 Disallow replacing joins with scans in problematic cases.
Commit e7cb7ee14, which introduced the infrastructure for FDWs and
custom scan providers to replace joins with scans, failed to add support
handling of pseudoconstant quals assigned to replaced joins in
createplan.c, leading to an incorrect plan without a gating Result node
when postgres_fdw replaced a join with such a qual.

To fix, we could add the support by 1) modifying the ForeignPath and
CustomPath structs to store the list of RestrictInfo nodes to apply to
the join, as in JoinPaths, if they represent foreign and custom scans
replacing a join with a scan, and by 2) modifying create_scan_plan() in
createplan.c to use that list in that case, instead of the
baserestrictinfo list, to get pseudoconstant quals assigned to the join;
but #1 would cause an ABI break.  So fix by modifying the infrastructure
to just disallow replacing joins with such quals.

Back-patch to all supported branches.

Reported by Nishant Sharma.  Patch by me, reviewed by Nishant Sharma and
Richard Guo.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADrsxdbcN1vejBaf8a%2BQhrZY5PXL-04mCd4GDu6qm6FigDZd6Q%40mail.gmail.com
2023-07-28 15:45:00 +09:00
Michael Paquier 31de7e60da Show savepoint names as constants in pg_stat_statements
In pg_stat_statements, savepoint names now show up as constants with a
parameter symbol, using as base query string the one added as a new
entry to the PGSS hash table, leading to:
RELEASE $1
ROLLBACK TO $1
SAVEPOINT $1

Applying constants to these query parts is a huge advantage for
workloads that generate randomly savepoint points, like ORMs (Django is
at the origin of this patch).  The ODBC driver is a second layer that
likes a lot savepoints, though it does not use a random naming pattern.

A "location" field is added to TransactionStmt, now set only for
savepoints.  The savepoint name is ignored by the query jumbling.  The
location can be extended to other query patterns, if required, like 2PC
commands.  Some tests are added to pg_stat_statements for all the query
patterns supported by the parser.

ROLLBACK, ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT and ROLLBACK TRANSACTION TO SAVEPOINT
have the same Node representation, so all these are equivalents.  The
same happens for RELEASE and RELEASE SAVEPOINT.

Author: Greg Sabino Mullane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKAnmm+2s9PA4OaumwMJReWHk8qvJ_-g1WqxDRDAN1BSUfxyTw@mail.gmail.com
2023-07-27 09:42:33 +09:00
Amit Langote 03734a7fed Add more SQL/JSON constructor functions
This Patch introduces three SQL standard JSON functions:

JSON()
JSON_SCALAR()
JSON_SERIALIZE()

JSON() produces json values from text, bytea, json or jsonb values,
and has facilitites for handling duplicate keys.

JSON_SCALAR() produces a json value from any scalar sql value,
including json and jsonb.

JSON_SERIALIZE() produces text or bytea from input which containis
or represents json or jsonb;

For the most part these functions don't add any significant new
capabilities, but they will be of use to users wanting standard
compliant JSON handling.

Catversion bumped as this changes ruleutils.c.

Author: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Author: Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
Author: Oleg Bartunov <obartunov@gmail.com>
Author: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Author: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>

Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby, Álvaro Herrera,
Peter Eisentraut

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220616233130.rparivafipt6doj3@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/abd9b83b-aa66-f230-3d6d-734817f0995d%40postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqE4XTdfb1nW=Ojoy_tQSRhYt-q_kb6i5d4xcKyrLC1Nbg@mail.gmail.com
2023-07-26 17:08:33 +09:00
Amit Langote b22391a2ff Some refactoring to export json(b) conversion functions
This is to export datum_to_json(), datum_to_jsonb(), and
jsonb_from_cstring(), though the last one is exported as
jsonb_from_text().

A subsequent commit to add new SQL/JSON constructor functions will
need them for calling from the executor.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230720160252.ldk7jy6jqclxfxkq%40alvherre.pgsql
2023-07-26 17:06:03 +09:00
Masahiko Sawada d0ce9d0bc7 Remove unnecessary checks for indexes for REPLICA IDENTITY FULL tables.
Previously, when selecting an usable index for update/delete for the
REPLICA IDENTITY FULL table, in IsIndexOnlyExpression(), we used to
check if all index fields are not expressions. However, it was not
necessary, because it is enough to check if only the leftmost index
field is not an expression (and references the remote table column)
and this check has already been done by
RemoteRelContainsLeftMostColumnOnIdx().

This commit removes IsIndexOnlyExpression() and
RemoteRelContainsLeftMostColumnOnIdx() and all checks for usable
indexes for REPLICA IDENTITY FULL tables are now performed by
IsIndexUsableForReplicaIdentityFull().

Backpatch this to remain the code consistent.

Reported-by: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Önder Kalacı
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut%2BPsGRE5WSsY0jcLHJEoA17MrbP9yy8FxdjC_ZOAACxbt%2BQ%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 16
2023-07-25 15:09:34 +09:00
Michael Paquier 71e4cc6b8e Optimize WAL insertion lock acquisition and release with some atomics
The WAL insertion lock variable insertingAt is currently being read
and written with the help of the LWLock wait list lock to avoid any read
of torn values.  This wait list lock can become a point of contention on
a highly concurrent write workloads.

This commit switches insertingAt to a 64b atomic variable that provides
torn-free reads/writes.  On platforms without 64b atomic support, the
fallback implementation uses spinlocks to provide the same guarantees
for the values read.  LWLockWaitForVar(), through
LWLockConflictsWithVar(), reads the new value to check if it still needs
to wait with a u64 atomic operation.  LWLockUpdateVar() updates the
variable before waking up the waiters with an exchange_u64 (full memory
barrier).  LWLockReleaseClearVar() now uses also an exchange_u64 to
reset the variable.  Before this commit, all these steps relied on
LWLockWaitListLock() and LWLockWaitListUnlock().

This reduces contention on LWLock wait list lock and improves
performance of highly-concurrent write workloads.  Here are some
numbers using pg_logical_emit_message() (HEAD at d6677b93) with various
arbitrary record lengths and clients up to 1k on a rather-large machine
(64 vCPUs, 512GB of RAM, 16 cores per sockets, 2 sockets), in terms of
TPS numbers coming from pgbench:
 message_size_b     |     16 |     64 |    256 |   1024
--------------------+--------+--------+--------+-------
 patch_4_clients    |  83830 |  82929 |  80478 |  73131
 patch_16_clients   | 267655 | 264973 | 250566 | 213985
 patch_64_clients   | 380423 | 378318 | 356907 | 294248
 patch_256_clients  | 360915 | 354436 | 326209 | 263664
 patch_512_clients  | 332654 | 321199 | 287521 | 240128
 patch_1024_clients | 288263 | 276614 | 258220 | 217063
 patch_2048_clients | 252280 | 243558 | 230062 | 192429
 patch_4096_clients | 212566 | 213654 | 205951 | 166955
 head_4_clients     |  83686 |  83766 |  81233 |  73749
 head_16_clients    | 266503 | 265546 | 249261 | 213645
 head_64_clients    | 366122 | 363462 | 341078 | 261707
 head_256_clients   | 132600 | 132573 | 134392 | 165799
 head_512_clients   | 118937 | 114332 | 116860 | 150672
 head_1024_clients  | 133546 | 115256 | 125236 | 151390
 head_2048_clients  | 137877 | 117802 | 120909 | 138165
 head_4096_clients  | 113440 | 115611 | 120635 | 114361

Bharath has been measuring similar improvements, where the limit of the
WAL insertion lock begins to be felt when more than 256 concurrent
clients are involved in this specific workload.

An extra patch has been discussed to introduce a fast-exit path in
LWLockUpdateVar() when there are no waiters, still this does not
influence the write-heavy workload cases discussed as there are always
waiters.  This will be considered separately.

Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Andres Freund, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACVF+6jLvqKe6xhDzCCkr=rfd6upaGc3477Pji1Ke9G7Bg@mail.gmail.com
2023-07-25 13:38:58 +09:00
Amit Kapila d38ad8e31d Fix the display of UNKNOWN message type in apply worker.
We include the message type while displaying an error context in the
apply worker. Now, while retrieving the message type string if the
message type is unknown we throw an error that will hide the original
error. So, instead, we need to simply return the string indicating an
unknown message type.

Reported-by: Ashutosh Bapat
Author: Euler Taveira, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat
Backpatch-through: 15
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAExHW5suAEDW-mBZt_qu4RVxWZ1vL54-L+ci2zreYWebpzxYsA@mail.gmail.com
2023-07-25 09:12:29 +05:30
Amit Langote 7c7412cae3 Code review for commit b6e1157e7d
b6e1157e7d made some changes to enforce that
JsonValueExpr.formatted_expr is always set and is the expression that
gives a JsonValueExpr its runtime value, but that's not really
apparent from the comments about and the code manipulating
formatted_expr.  This commit fixes that.

Per suggestion from Álvaro Herrera.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230718155313.3wqg6encgt32adqb%40alvherre.pgsql
2023-07-21 19:15:34 +09:00
Daniel Gustafsson 29a0ccbce9 Revert "Add notBefore and notAfter to SSL cert info display"
Due to an oversight in reviewing, this used functionality not
compatible with old versions of OpenSSL.

This reverts commit 75ec5e7bec.
2023-07-20 17:18:12 +02:00
Daniel Gustafsson 75ec5e7bec Add notBefore and notAfter to SSL cert info display
This adds the X509 attributes notBefore and notAfter to sslinfo
as well as pg_stat_ssl to allow verifying and identifying the
validity period of the current client certificate.

Author: Cary Huang <cary.huang@highgo.ca>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/182b8565486.10af1a86f158715.2387262617218380588@highgo.ca
2023-07-20 17:07:32 +02:00
Amit Langote 3c152a27b0 Unify JSON categorize type API and export for external use
This essentially removes the JsonbTypeCategory enum and
jsonb_categorize_type() and integrates any jsonb-specific logic that
was in jsonb_categorize_type() into json_categorize_type(), now
moved to jsonfuncs.c.  The remaining JsonTypeCategory enum and
json_categorize_type() cover the needs of the callers in both json.c
and jsonb.c.  json_categorize_type() has grown a new parameter named
is_jsonb for callers to engage the jsonb-specific behavior of
json_categorize_type().

One notable change in the now exported API of json_categorize_type()
is that it now always returns *outfuncoid even though a caller may
have no need currently to see one.

This is in preparation of later commits to implement additional
SQL/JSON functions.

Co-authored-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqE4XTdfb1nW=Ojoy_tQSRhYt-q_kb6i5d4xcKyrLC1Nbg@mail.gmail.com
2023-07-20 16:19:56 +09:00
Nathan Bossart 884eee5bfb Remove db_user_namespace.
This feature was intended to be a temporary measure to support
per-database user names.  A better one hasn't materialized in the
~21 years since it was added, and nobody claims to be using it, so
let's just remove it.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Magnus Hagander
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230630200509.GA2830328%40nathanxps13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230630215608.GD2941194%40nathanxps13
2023-07-17 11:44:59 -07:00
Tom Lane e08d74ca13 Allow plan nodes with initPlans to be considered parallel-safe.
If the plan itself is parallel-safe, and the initPlans are too,
there's no reason anymore to prevent the plan from being marked
parallel-safe.  That restriction (dating to commit ab77a5a45) was
really a special case of the fact that we couldn't transmit subplans
to parallel workers at all.  We fixed that in commit 5e6d8d2bb and
follow-ons, but this case never got addressed.

We still forbid attaching initPlans to a Gather node that's
inserted pursuant to debug_parallel_query = regress.  That's because,
when we hide the Gather from EXPLAIN output, we'd hide the initPlans
too, causing cosmetic regression diffs.  It seems inadvisable to
kluge EXPLAIN to the extent required to make the output look the
same, so just don't do it in that case.

Along the way, this also takes care of some sloppiness about updating
path costs to match when we move initplans from one place to another
during createplan.c and setrefs.c.  Since all the planning decisions
are already made by that point, this is just cosmetic; but it seems
good to keep EXPLAIN output consistent with where the initplans are.

The diff in query_planner() might be worth remarking on.  I found that
one because after fixing things to allow parallel-safe initplans, one
partition_prune test case changed plans (as shown in the patch) ---
but only when debug_parallel_query was active.  The reason proved to
be that we only bothered to mark Result nodes as potentially
parallel-safe when debug_parallel_query is on.  This neglects the fact
that parallel-safety may be of interest for a sub-query even though
the Result itself doesn't parallelize.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1129530.1681317832@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-07-14 11:41:20 -04:00
Tom Lane d0d44049d1 Account for optimized MinMax aggregates during SS_finalize_plan.
We are capable of optimizing MIN() and MAX() aggregates on indexed
columns into subqueries that exploit the index, rather than the normal
thing of scanning the whole table.  When we do this, we replace the
Aggref node(s) with Params referencing subquery outputs.  Such Params
really ought to be included in the per-plan-node extParam/allParam
sets computed by SS_finalize_plan.  However, we've never done so
up to now because of an ancient implementation choice to perform
that substitution during set_plan_references, which runs after
SS_finalize_plan, so that SS_finalize_plan never sees these Params.

This seems like clearly a bug, yet there have been no field reports
of problems that could trace to it.  This may be because the types
of Plan nodes that could contain Aggrefs do not have any of the
rescan optimizations that are controlled by extParam/allParam.
Nonetheless it seems certain to bite us someday, so let's fix it
in a self-contained patch that can be back-patched if we find a
case in which there's a live bug pre-v17.

The cleanest fix would be to perform a separate tree walk to do
these substitutions before SS_finalize_plan runs.  That seems
unattractive, first because a whole-tree mutation pass is expensive,
and second because we lack infrastructure for visiting expression
subtrees in a Plan tree, so that we'd need a new function knowing
as much as SS_finalize_plan knows about that.  I also considered
swapping the order of SS_finalize_plan and set_plan_references,
but that fell foul of various assumptions that seem tricky to fix.
So the approach adopted here is to teach SS_finalize_plan itself
to check for such Aggrefs.  I refactored things a bit in setrefs.c
to avoid having three copies of the code that does that.

Given the lack of any currently-known bug, no test case here.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2391880.1689025003@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-07-14 11:41:20 -04:00
Nathan Bossart a0363ab7aa Fix privilege check for SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION.
Presently, the privilege check for SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION checks
whether the original authenticated role was a superuser at
connection start time.  Even if the role loses the superuser
attribute, its existing sessions are permitted to change session
authorization to any role.

This commit modifies this privilege check to verify the original
authenticated role currently has superuser.  In the event that the
authenticated role loses superuser within a session authorization
change, the authorization change will remain in effect, which means
the user can still take advantage of the target role's privileges.
However, [RE]SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION will only permit switching
to the original authenticated role.

Author: Joseph Koshakow
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHc-HHzONQ2oXdvhFF9ayRnidPwK%2BfVBhRzaBWYYLVQL-g%40mail.gmail.com
2023-07-13 21:13:45 -07:00
Nathan Bossart 9987a7bf34 Move privilege check for SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION.
Presently, the privilege check for SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION is
performed in session_authorization's assign_hook.  A relevant
comment states, "It's OK because the check does not require catalog
access and can't fail during an end-of-transaction GUC
reversion..."  However, we plan to add a catalog lookup to this
privilege check in a follow-up commit.

This commit moves this privilege check to the check_hook for
session_authorization.  Like check_role(), we do not throw a hard
error for insufficient privileges when the source is PGC_S_TEST.

Author: Joseph Koshakow
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHc-HHzONQ2oXdvhFF9ayRnidPwK%2BfVBhRzaBWYYLVQL-g%40mail.gmail.com
2023-07-13 21:10:36 -07:00
Amit Kapila edca342434 Allow the use of a hash index on the subscriber during replication.
Commit 89e46da5e5 allowed using BTREE indexes that are neither
PRIMARY KEY nor REPLICA IDENTITY on the subscriber during apply of
update/delete. This patch extends that functionality to also allow HASH
indexes.

We explored supporting other index access methods as well but they don't
have a fixed strategy for equality operation which is required by the
current infrastructure in logical replication to scan the indexes.

Author: Kuroda Hayato
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Onder Kalaci, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TYAPR01MB58669D7414E59664E17A5827F522A@TYAPR01MB5866.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2023-07-14 08:21:54 +05:30
Thomas Munro d0c28601ef Remove wal_sync_method=fsync_writethrough on Windows.
The "fsync" level already flushes drive write caches on Windows (as does
"fdatasync"), so it only confuses matters to have an apparently higher
level that isn't actually different at all.

That leaves "fsync_writethrough" only for macOS, where it actually does
something different.

Reviewed-by: Magnus Hagander <magnus@hagander.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJ2CG2SouPv2mca2WCTOJxYumvBARRcKPraFMB6GSEMcA%40mail.gmail.com
2023-07-14 12:30:13 +12:00
Andres Freund c66a7d75e6 Handle DROP DATABASE getting interrupted
Until now, when DROP DATABASE got interrupted in the wrong moment, the removal
of the pg_database row would also roll back, even though some irreversible
steps have already been taken. E.g. DropDatabaseBuffers() might have thrown
out dirty buffers, or files could have been unlinked. But we continued to
allow connections to such a corrupted database.

To fix this, mark databases invalid with an in-place update, just before
starting to perform irreversible steps. As we can't add a new column in the
back branches, we use pg_database.datconnlimit = -2 for this purpose.

An invalid database cannot be connected to anymore, but can still be
dropped.

Unfortunately we can't easily add output to psql's \l to indicate that some
database is invalid, it doesn't fit in any of the existing columns.

Add tests verifying that a interrupted DROP DATABASE is handled correctly in
the backend and in various tools.

Reported-by: Evgeny Morozov <postgresql3@realityexists.net>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230509004637.cgvmfwrbht7xm7p6@awork3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230314174521.74jl6ffqsee5mtug@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 11-, bug present in all supported versions
2023-07-13 13:03:28 -07:00
Nathan Bossart 0fef877538 Rename session_auth_is_superuser to current_role_is_superuser.
This variable might've been accurately named when it was added in
ea886339b8, but the name hasn't been accurate since at least the
introduction of SET ROLE in e5d6b91220.  The corresponding
documentation was fixed in eedb068c0a.  This commit renames the
variable accordingly.

Suggested-by: Joseph Koshakow
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHc-HHzONQ2oXdvhFF9ayRnidPwK%2BfVBhRzaBWYYLVQL-g%40mail.gmail.com
2023-07-12 21:28:54 -07:00
Amit Langote b6e1157e7d Don't include CaseTestExpr in JsonValueExpr.formatted_expr
A CaseTestExpr is currently being put into
JsonValueExpr.formatted_expr as placeholder for the result of
evaluating JsonValueExpr.raw_expr, which in turn is evaluated
separately.  Though, there's no need for this indirection if
raw_expr itself can be embedded into formatted_expr and evaluated
as part of evaluating the latter, especially as there is no
special reason to evaluate it separately.  So this commit makes it
so.  As a result, JsonValueExpr.raw_expr no longer needs to be
evaluated in ExecInterpExpr(), eval_const_exprs_mutator() etc. and
is now only used for displaying the original "unformatted"
expression in ruleutils.c.

While at it, this also removes the function makeCaseTestExpr(),
because the code in makeJsonConstructorExpr() looks more readable
without it IMO and isn't used by anyone else either.

Finally, a note is added in the comment above CaseTestExpr's
definition that JsonConstructorExpr is also using it.

Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqE4XTdfb1nW=Ojoy_tQSRhYt-q_kb6i5d4xcKyrLC1Nbg@mail.gmail.com
2023-07-13 12:13:58 +09:00
Thomas Munro 68a4b58eca Remove --disable-thread-safety and related code.
All supported computers have either POSIX or Windows threads, and we no
longer have any automated testing of --disable-thread-safety.  We define
a vestigial ENABLE_THREAD_SAFETY macro to 1 in ecpg_config.h in case it
is useful, but we no longer test it anywhere in PostgreSQL code, and
associated dead code paths are removed.

The Meson and perl-based Windows build scripts never had an equivalent
build option.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLtmexrpMtxBRLCVePqV_dtWG-ZsEbyPrYc%2BNBB2TkNsw%40mail.gmail.com
2023-07-12 08:20:43 +12:00
Masahiko Sawada 46ebdfe164 Report index vacuum progress.
This commit adds two columns: indexes_total and indexes_processed, to
pg_stat_progress_vacuum system view to show the index vacuum
progress. These numbers are reported in the "vacuuming indexes" and
"cleaning up indexes" phases.

This uses the new parallel message type for progress reporting added
by be06506e7.

Bump catversion because this changes the definition of
pg_stat_progress_vacuum.

Author: Sami Imseih
Reviewed by: Masahiko Sawada, Michael Paquier, Nathan Bossart, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5478DFCD-2333-401A-B2F0-0D186AB09228@amazon.com
2023-07-11 12:34:01 +09:00
Masahiko Sawada f1889729dd Add new parallel message type to progress reporting.
This commit adds a new type of parallel message 'P' to allow a
parallel worker to poke at a leader to update the progress.

Currently it supports only incremental progress reporting but it's
possible to allow for supporting of other backend progress APIs in the
future.

There are no users of this new message type as of this commit. That
will follow in future commits.

Idea from Andres Freund.

Author: Sami Imseih
Reviewed by: Michael Paquier, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5478DFCD-2333-401A-B2F0-0D186AB09228@amazon.com
2023-07-11 12:33:54 +09:00
Thomas Munro 4e9fa6d56b Don't expose Windows' mbstowcs_l() and wcstombs_l().
Windows has similar functions with leading underscores.  Previously, we
provided the rename via a macro in win32_port.h.  In fact its functions
are not always good replacements for the Unix functions, since they
can't deal with UTF-8.  They are only currently used by pg_locale.c,
which is careful to redirect to other Windows routines for UTF-8.  Given
that portability hazard, it seem unlikely to be a good idea to encourage
any other code to think of these functions as being available outside
pg_locale.c.  Any code that thinks it wants these functions probably
wants our wchar2char() or char2wchar() routines instead, or it won't
actually work on Windows in UTF-8 databases.

Furthermore, some major libc implementations including glibc don't have
them (they only have the standard variants without _l), so external code
is very unlikely to require them to exist.

Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2Bt_CHPzEoPnKyARJBJgE9-GxNajJo6ZuSfRK_KWFO%2B6w%40mail.gmail.com
2023-07-11 09:34:22 +12:00
Thomas Munro 89333db963 Rename port/thread.c to port/user.c.
Historically this module dealt with thread-safety of system interfaces,
but now all that's left is wrapper code for user name and home directory
lookup.  Arguably the Windows variants of this logic could be moved in
here too, to justify its presence under port.  For now, just tidy up
some obsolete references to multi-threading, and give the file a
meaningful name.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLtmexrpMtxBRLCVePqV_dtWG-ZsEbyPrYc%2BNBB2TkNsw%40mail.gmail.com
2023-07-09 18:17:09 +12:00
Thomas Munro 8d9a9f034e All supported systems have locale_t.
locale_t is defined by POSIX.1-2008 and SUSv4, and available on all
targeted systems.  For Windows, win32_port.h redirects to a partial
implementation called _locale_t.  We can now remove a lot of
compile-time tests for HAVE_LOCALE_T, and associated comments and dead
code branches that were needed for older computers.

Since configure + MinGW builds didn't detect locale_t but now we assume
that all systems have it, further inconsistencies among the 3 Windows build
systems were revealed.  With this commit, we no longer define
HAVE_WCSTOMBS_L and HAVE_MBSTOWCS_L on any Windows build system, but
we have logic to deal with that so that replacements are available where
appropriate.

Reviewed-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tristan Partin <tristan@neon.tech>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLg7_T2GKwZFAkEf0V7vbnur-NfCjZPKZb%3DZfAXSV1ORw%40mail.gmail.com
2023-07-09 11:55:18 +12:00
Nathan Bossart 151c22deee Revert MAINTAIN privilege and pg_maintain predefined role.
This reverts the following commits: 4dbdb82513, c2122aae63,
5b1a879943, 9e1e9d6560, ff9618e82a, 60684dd834, 4441fc704d,
and b5d6382496.  A role with the MAINTAIN privilege may be able to
use search_path tricks to escalate privileges to the table owner.
Unfortunately, it is too late in the v16 development cycle to apply
the proposed fix, i.e., restricting search_path when running
maintenance commands.

Bumps catversion.

Reviewed-by: Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1q7j7Y-000z1H-Hr%40gemulon.postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 16
2023-07-07 11:25:13 -07:00
Andres Freund f0a94d81e4 Fix type of iterator variable in SH_START_ITERATE
Also add comment to make the reasoning behind the Assert() more explicit (per
Tom).

Reported-by: Ranier Vilela
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQAocXNJ6s1VLz+hMamLAQAiewRoW17OJ6-+9GACKfj6iPQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 11-
2023-07-06 09:57:28 -07:00
Michael Paquier a14354cac0 Add GUC parameter "huge_pages_status"
This is useful to show the allocation state of huge pages when setting
up a server with "huge_pages = try", where allocating huge pages would
be attempted but the server would continue its startup sequence even if
the allocation fails.  The effective status of huge pages is not easily
visible without OS-level tools (or for instance, a lookup at
/proc/N/smaps), and the environments where Postgres runs may not
authorize that.  Like the other GUCs related to huge pages, this works
for Linux and Windows.

This GUC can report as values:
- "on", if huge pages were allocated.
- "off", if huge pages were not allocated.
- "unknown", a special state that could only be seen when using for
example postgres -C because it is only possible to know if the shared
memory allocation worked after we can check for the GUC values, even if
checking a runtime-computed GUC.  This value should never be seen when
querying for the GUC on a running server.  An assertion is added to
check that.

The discussion has also turned around having a new function to grab this
status, but this would have required more tricks for -DEXEC_BACKEND,
something that GUCs already handle.

Noriyoshi Shinoda has initiated the thread that has led to the result of
this commit.

Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TU4PR8401MB1152EBB0D271F827E2E37A01EECC9@TU4PR8401MB1152.NAMPRD84.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM
2023-07-06 14:42:36 +09:00
Michael Paquier fa88928470 Generate automatically code and documentation related to wait events
The documentation and the code is generated automatically from a new
file called wait_event_names.txt, formatted in sections dedicated to
each wait event class (Timeout, Lock, IO, etc.) with three tab-separated
fields:
- C symbol in enums
- Format in the system views
- Description in the docs

Using this approach has several advantages, as we have proved to be
rather bad in maintaining this area of the tree across the years:
- The order of each item in the documentation and the code, which should
be alphabetical, has become incorrect multiple times, and the script
generating the code and documentation has a few rules to enforce that,
making the maintenance a no-brainer.
- Some wait events were added to the code, but not documented, so this
cannot be missed now.
- The order of the tables for each wait event class is enforced in the
documentation (the input .txt file does so as well for clarity, though
this is not mandatory).
- Less code, shaving 1.2k lines from the tree, with 1/3 of the savings
coming from the code, the rest from the documentation.

The wait event types "Lock" and "LWLock" still have their own code path
for their code, hence only the documentation is created for them.  These
classes are listed with a special marker called WAIT_EVENT_DOCONLY in
the input file.

Adding a new wait event now requires only an update of
wait_event_names.txt, with "Lock" and "LWLock" treated as exceptions.

This commit has been tested with configure/Makefile, the CI and VPATH
build.  clean, distclean and maintainer-clean were working fine.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77a86b3a-c4a8-5f5d-69b9-d70bbf2e9b98@gmail.com
2023-07-05 10:53:11 +09:00
Nathan Bossart 957845789b Increase size of bgw_library_name.
This commit increases the size of the bgw_library_name member of
the BackgroundWorker struct from BGW_MAXLEN (96) bytes to MAXPGPATH
(default of 1024) bytes so that it can store longer file names
(e.g., absolute paths).

Author: Yurii Rashkovskii
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Aleksander Alekseev
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BRLCQyjFV5Y8tG5QgUb6gjteL4S3p%2B1gcyqWTqigyM93WZ9Pg%40mail.gmail.com
2023-07-03 15:02:16 -07:00
Heikki Linnakangas dc6070bf5d Update PG_CACHE_LINE_SIZE description.
PG_CACHE_LINE_SIZE was originally only used in xlog.c, but this hasn't
been true for a very long time and is now wildly used, so modify its
description to not mention any explicit source code file.

Author: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20230701074936.p3qcssl4t7murt2q@jrouhaud
2023-07-03 11:56:30 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut c69bdf837f Take pg_attribute out of VacAttrStats
The VacAttrStats structure contained the whole Form_pg_attribute for a
column, but it actually only needs attstattarget from there.  So
remove the Form_pg_attribute field and make a separate field for
attstattarget.  This simplifies some code for extended statistics that
doesn't deal with a column but an expression, which had to fake up
pg_attribute rows to satisfy internal APIs.  Also, we can remove some
comments that essentially said "don't look at pg_attribute directly".

Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/d6069765-5971-04d3-c10d-e4f7b2e9c459%40eisentraut.org
2023-07-03 07:18:57 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 7a7f60aef8 Add macro for maximum statistics target
The number of places where 10000 was hardcoded had grown a bit beyond
the comfort level.  Introduce a macro MAX_STATISTICS_TARGET instead.

Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/d6069765-5971-04d3-c10d-e4f7b2e9c459%40eisentraut.org
2023-07-03 07:18:57 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 3ee2f25d21 Change type of pg_statistic_ext.stxstattarget
Change from int32 to int16, to match attstattarget (changed in
90189eefc1).

Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/d6069765-5971-04d3-c10d-e4f7b2e9c459%40eisentraut.org
2023-07-03 07:18:57 +02:00
Michael Paquier 8e278b6576 Remove support for OpenSSL 1.0.1
Here are some notes about this change:
- As X509_get_signature_nid() should always exist (OpenSSL and
LibreSSL), hence HAVE_X509_GET_SIGNATURE_NID is now gone.
- OPENSSL_API_COMPAT is bumped to 0x10002000L.
- One comment related to 1.0.1e introduced by 74242c2 is removed.

Upstream OpenSSL still provides long-term support for 1.0.2 in a closed
fashion, so removing it is out of scope for a few years, at least.

Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion, Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZG3JNursG69dz1lr@paquier.xyz
2023-07-03 13:20:27 +09:00
Michael Paquier 2aeaf80e57 Refactor some code related to wait events "BufferPin" and "Extension"
The following changes are done:
- Addition of WaitEventBufferPin and WaitEventExtension, that hold a
list of wait events related to each category.
- Addition of two functions that encapsulate the list of wait events for
each category.
- Rename BUFFER_PIN to BUFFERPIN (only this wait event class used an
underscore, requiring a specific rule in the automation script).

These changes make a bit easier the automatic generation of all the code
and documentation related to wait events, as all the wait event
categories are now controlled by consistent structures and functions.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c6f35117-4b20-4c78-1df5-d3056010dcf5@gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77a86b3a-c4a8-5f5d-69b9-d70bbf2e9b98@gmail.com
2023-07-03 11:01:02 +09:00
David Rowley c65102006b Remove redundant PARTITION BY columns from WindowClauses
Here we adjust the query planner to have it remove items from a window
clause's PARTITION BY clause in cases where the pathkey for a column in
the PARTITION BY clause is redundant.

Doing this allows the optimization added in 9d9c02ccd to stop window
aggregation early rather than going into "pass-through" mode to find
tuples belonging to the next partition.  Also, when we manage to remove
all PARTITION BY columns, we now no longer needlessly check that the
current tuple belongs to the same partition as the last tuple in
nodeWindowAgg.c.  If the pathkey was redundant then all tuples must
contain the same value for the given redundant column, so there's no point
in checking that during execution.

Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvo2ji+hdxrxfXtRtsfSVw3to2o1nCO20qimw0dUGK8hcQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-07-03 12:49:43 +12:00
Peter Eisentraut af492eb6d6 meson: Make some Meson style more consistent with surrounding code
Author: Tristan Partin <tristan@neon.tech>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CSPIJVUDZFKX.3KHMOAVGF94RV%40c3po
2023-06-29 13:06:02 +02:00
Michael Paquier 2ecbb0a493 Remove dependency to query text in JumbleQuery()
Since 3db72eb, the query ID of utilities is generated using the Query
structure, making the use of the query string in JumbleQuery()
unnecessary.  This commit removes the argument "querytext" from
JumbleQuery().

Reported-by: Joe Conway
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZJlQAWE4COFqHuAV@paquier.xyz
2023-06-28 08:59:36 +09:00
Nathan Bossart 4dbdb82513 Fix cache lookup hazards introduced by ff9618e82a.
ff9618e82a introduced has_partition_ancestor_privs(), which is used
to check whether a user has MAINTAIN on any partition ancestors.
This involves syscache lookups, and presently this function does
not take any relation locks, so it is likely subject to the same
kind of cache lookup failures that were fixed by 19de0ab23c.

To fix this problem, this commit partially reverts ff9618e82a.
Specifically, it removes the partition-related changes, including
the has_partition_ancestor_privs() function mentioned above.  This
means that MAINTAIN on a partitioned table is no longer sufficient
to perform maintenance commands on its partitions.  This is more
like how privileges for maintenance commands work on supported
versions.  Privileges are checked for each partition, so a command
that flows down to all partitions might refuse to process them
(e.g., if the current user doesn't have MAINTAIN on the partition).

In passing, adjust a few related comments and error messages, and
add a test for the privilege checks for CLUSTER on a partitioned
table.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230613211246.GA219055%40nathanxps13
2023-06-22 15:48:20 -07:00
Nathan Bossart 5b1a879943 Move bool parameter for vacuum_rel() to option bits.
ff9618e82a introduced the skip_privs parameter, which is used to
skip privilege checks when recursing to a relation's TOAST table.
This parameter should have been added as a flag bit in
VacuumParams->options instead.

Suggested-by: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZIj4v1CwqlDVJZfB%40paquier.xyz
2023-06-20 15:14:58 -07:00
Tom Lane b334612b8a Pre-beta2 mechanical code beautification.
Run pgindent and pgperltidy.  It seems we're still some ways
away from all committers doing this automatically.  Now that
we have a buildfarm animal that will whine about poorly-indented
code, we'll try to keep the tree more tidy.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3156045.1687208823@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-06-20 09:50:43 -04:00
Amit Langote 0f8cfaf892 Retain relkind too in RTE_SUBQUERY entries for views.
47bb9db75 modified the ApplyRetrieveRule()'s conversion of a view's
original RTE_RELATION entry into an RTE_SUBQUERY one to retain relid,
rellockmode, and perminfoindex so that the executor can lock the view
and check its permissions.  It seems better to also retain
relkind for cross-checking that the exception of an
RTE_SUBQUERY entry being allowed to carry relation details only
applies to views, so do so.

Bump catversion because this changes the output format of
RTE_SUBQUERY RTEs.

Suggested-by: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
Reviewed-by: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3953179e-9540-e5d1-a743-4bef368785b0%40pgmasters.net
2023-06-14 12:00:10 +09:00
Heikki Linnakangas 548d726030 Remove a few unused global variables and declarations.
- Commit 3eb77eba5a, which moved the pending ops queue from md.c to
  sync.c, introduced a duplicate, unused 'pendingOpsCxt'
  variable. (I'm surprised none of the compilers or static analysis
  tools have complained about that.)

- Commit c2fe139c20 moved the 'synchronize_seqscans' variable and
  introduced an extern declaration in tableam.h, making the one in
  guc_tables.c unnecessary.

- Commit 6f0cf87872 removed the 'pgstat_temp_directory' GUC, but
  forgot to remove the corresponding global variable.

- Commit 1b4e729eaa removed the 'pg_krb_realm' GUC, and its global
  variable, but forgot the declaration in auth.h.

Spotted all these by reading the code.
2023-06-12 16:25:37 +03:00
Peter Geoghegan d088ba5a5a nbtree: Allocate new pages in separate function.
Split nbtree's _bt_getbuf function is two: code that read locks or write
locks existing pages remains in _bt_getbuf, while code that deals with
allocating new pages is moved to a new, dedicated function called
_bt_allocbuf.  This simplifies most _bt_getbuf callers, since it is no
longer necessary for them to pass a heaprel argument.  Many of the
changes to nbtree from commit 61b313e4 can be reverted.  This minimizes
the divergence between HEAD/PostgreSQL 16 and earlier release branches.

_bt_allocbuf replaces the previous nbtree idiom of passing P_NEW to
_bt_getbuf.  There are only 3 affected call sites, all of which continue
to pass a heaprel for recovery conflict purposes.  Note that nbtree's
use of P_NEW was superficial; nbtree never actually relied on the P_NEW
code paths in bufmgr.c, so this change is strictly mechanical.

GiST already took the same approach; it has a dedicated function for
allocating new pages called gistNewBuffer().  That factor allowed commit
61b313e4 to make much more targeted changes to GiST.

Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=8Z9qY58bjm_7TAHgtW6RzZ5Ke62q5emdCEy9BAzwhmg@mail.gmail.com
2023-06-10 14:08:25 -07:00
Jeff Davis 2fcc7ee7af Revert "Fix search_path to a safe value during maintenance operations."
This reverts commit 05e1737351.
2023-06-10 08:11:41 -07:00
Andres Freund a1cd982098 meson: Add dependencies to perl modules to various script invocations
Eventually it is likely worth trying to deal with this in a more expansive
way, by generating dependency files generated within the scripts. But it's not
entirely obvious how to do that in perl and is work more suitable for 17
anyway.

Reported-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org>
Reviewed-by: Tristan Partin <tristan@neon.tech>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87v8g7s6bf.fsf@wibble.ilmari.org
2023-06-09 20:12:16 -07:00
Jeff Davis 05e1737351 Fix search_path to a safe value during maintenance operations.
While executing maintenance operations (ANALYZE, CLUSTER, REFRESH
MATERIALIZED VIEW, REINDEX, or VACUUM), set search_path to
'pg_catalog, pg_temp' to prevent inconsistent behavior.

Functions that are used for functional indexes, in index expressions,
or in materialized views and depend on a different search path must be
declared with CREATE FUNCTION ... SET search_path='...'.

This change addresses a security risk introduced in commit 60684dd834,
where a role with MAINTAIN privileges on a table may be able to
escalate privileges to the table owner. That commit is not yet part of
any release, so no need to backpatch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e44327179e5c9015c8dda67351c04da552066017.camel%40j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Greg Stark
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
2023-06-09 11:20:47 -07:00
David Rowley 53ea2b7ad0 Don't use _BitScanForward64/_BitScanReverse64 on 32-bit MSVC builds
677319746 added support for making use of MSVC's bit scanning functions.
However, that commit failed to consider 32-bit MSVC builds where the
64-bit versions of these functions are unavailable.  This resulted in
compilation failures on 32-bit MSVC.

Here we adjust the code so we fall back on the manual way of finding the
bit positions for 64-bit integers when building on 32-bit MSVC.

Bug: #17967
Reported-by: Youmiu Mo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17967-cd21e34a314141b2@postgresql.org
2023-06-08 10:10:34 +12:00
Peter Eisentraut 08235203dd Remove obsolete comment
OIDs are no longer system columns, since 578b229718.
2023-06-05 15:33:08 +02:00
Tom Lane 991a3df227 Fix filtering of "cloned" outer-join quals some more.
We've had multiple issues with the clause_is_computable_at logic that
I introduced in 2489d76c4: it's been known to accept more than one
clone of the same qual at the same plan node, and also to accept no
clones at all.  It's looking impractical to get it 100% right on the
basis of the currently-stored information, so fix it by introducing a
new RestrictInfo field "incompatible_relids" that explicitly shows
which outer joins a given clone mustn't be pushed above.

In principle we could populate this field in every RestrictInfo, but
that would cost space and there doesn't presently seem to be a need
for it in general.  Also, while deconstruct_distribute_oj_quals can
easily fill the field with the remaining members of the commutative
join set that it's considering, computing it in the general case
seems again pretty complicated.  So for now, just fill it for
clone quals.

Along the way, fix a bug that may or may not be only latent:
equivclass.c was generating replacement clauses with is_pushed_down
and has_clone/is_clone markings that didn't match their
required_relids.  This led me to conclude that leaving the clone flags
out of make_restrictinfo's purview wasn't such a great idea after all,
so add them.

Per report from Richard Guo.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs48EYi_9-pSd0ORes1kTmTeAjT4Q3gu49hJtYCbSn2JyeA@mail.gmail.com
2023-05-25 10:28:33 -04:00
Andres Freund bc971f4025 Optimize walsender wake up logic using condition variables
WalSndWakeup() currently loops through all the walsenders slots, with a
spinlock acquisition and release for every iteration, to wake up waiting
walsenders.

This commonly was not a problem before e101dfac3a. But, to allow logical
decoding on standbys, we need to wake up logical walsenders after every WAL
record is applied on the standby, rather just when flushing WAL or switching
timelines.  This causes a performance regression for workloads replaying a lot
of WAL records.

To solve this, we use condition variable (CV) to efficiently wake up
walsenders in WalSndWakeup().

Every walsender prepares to sleep on a shared memory CV. Note that it just
prepares to sleep on the CV (i.e., adds itself to the CV's waitlist), but does
not actually wait on the CV (IOW, it never calls ConditionVariableSleep()). It
still uses WaitEventSetWait() for waiting, because CV infrastructure doesn't
handle FeBe socket events currently. The processes (startup process,
walreceiver etc.)  wanting to wake up walsenders use
ConditionVariableBroadcast(), which in turn calls SetLatch(), helping
walsenders come out of WaitEventSetWait().

We use separate shared memory CVs for physical and logical walsenders for
selective wake ups, see WalSndWakeup() for more details.

This approach is simple and reasonably efficient. But not very elegant. But
for 16 it seems to be a better path than a larger redesign of the CV
mechanism.  A desirable future improvement would be to add support for CVs
into WaitEventSetWait().

This still leaves us with a small regression in very extreme workloads (due to
the spinlock acquisition in ConditionVariableBroadcast() when there are no
waiters) - but that seems acceptable.

Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Suggested-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Zhijie Hou <houzj.fnst@fujitsu.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20230509190247.3rrplhdgem6su6cg%40awork3.anarazel.de
2023-05-21 09:44:55 -07:00
Tom Lane a2eb99a01e Expand some more uses of "deleg" to "delegation" or "delegated".
Complete the task begun in 9c0a0e2ed: we don't want to use the
abbreviation "deleg" for GSS delegation in any user-visible places.
(For consistency, this also changes most internal uses too.)

Abhijit Menon-Sen and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/949048.1684639317@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-05-21 10:55:18 -04:00
Bruce Momjian 9c0a0e2ed9 rename "gss_accept_deleg" to "gss_accept_delegation".
This is more consistent with existing GUC spelling.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZGdnEsGtNj7+fZoa@momjian.us
2023-05-20 21:32:54 -04:00
Tom Lane 0245f8db36 Pre-beta mechanical code beautification.
Run pgindent, pgperltidy, and reformat-dat-files.

This set of diffs is a bit larger than typical.  We've updated to
pg_bsd_indent 2.1.2, which properly indents variable declarations that
have multi-line initialization expressions (the continuation lines are
now indented one tab stop).  We've also updated to perltidy version
20230309 and changed some of its settings, which reduces its desire to
add whitespace to lines to make assignments etc. line up.  Going
forward, that should make for fewer random-seeming changes to existing
code.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230428092545.qfb3y5wcu4cm75ur@alvherre.pgsql
2023-05-19 17:24:48 -04:00
Tom Lane 722541ead1 Do pre-release housekeeping on catalog data.
Run renumber_oids.pl to move high-numbered OIDs down, as per pre-beta
tasks specified by RELEASE_CHANGES.  For reference, the command was

./renumber_oids.pl --first-mapped-oid 8000 --target-oid 6200
2023-05-19 16:36:38 -04:00
Tom Lane 70b42f2790 Fix misbehavior of EvalPlanQual checks with multiple result relations.
The idea of EvalPlanQual is that we replace the query's scan of the
result relation with a single injected tuple, and see if we get a
tuple out, thereby implying that the injected tuple still passes the
query quals.  (In join cases, other relations in the query are still
scanned normally.)  This logic was not updated when commit 86dc90056
made it possible for a single DML query plan to have multiple result
relations, when the query target relation has inheritance or partition
children.  We replaced the output for the current result relation
successfully, but other result relations were still scanned normally;
thus, if any other result relation contained a tuple satisfying the
quals, we'd think the EPQ check passed, even if it did not pass for
the injected tuple itself.  This would lead to update or delete
actions getting performed when they should have been skipped due to
a conflicting concurrent update in READ COMMITTED isolation mode.

Fix by blocking all sibling result relations from emitting tuples
during an EvalPlanQual recheck.  In the back branches, the fix is
complicated a bit by the need to not change the size of struct
EPQState (else we'd have ABI-breaking changes in offsets in
struct ModifyTableState).  Like the back-patches of 3f7836ff6
and 4b3e37993, add a separately palloc'd struct to avoid that.
The logic is the same as in HEAD otherwise.

This is only a live bug back to v14 where 86dc90056 came in.
However, I chose to back-patch the test cases further, on the
grounds that this whole area is none too well tested.  I skipped
doing so in v11 though because none of the test applied cleanly,
and it didn't quite seem worth extra work for a branch with only
six months to live.

Per report from Ante Krešić (via Aleksander Alekseev)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TMBTN3rcz4=AjYhLPD_w3FFT0Wq_C15jxCDn8U4tZnH1g@mail.gmail.com
2023-05-19 14:26:40 -04:00
Tomas Vondra 8c4040edf4 Allocate hash join files in a separate memory context
Should a hash join exceed memory limit, the hashtable is split up into
multiple batches. The number of batches is doubled each time a given
batch is determined not to fit in memory. Each batch file is allocated
with a block-sized buffer for buffering tuples and parallel hash join
has additional sharedtuplestore accessor buffers.

In some pathological cases requiring a lot of batches, often with skewed
data, bad stats, or very large datasets, users can run out-of-memory
solely from the memory overhead of all the batch files' buffers.

Batch files were allocated in the ExecutorState memory context, making
it very hard to identify when this batch explosion was the source of an
OOM. This commit allocates the batch files in a dedicated memory
context, making it easier to identify the cause of an OOM and work to
avoid it.

Based on initial draft by Tomas Vondra, with significant reworks and
improvements by Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais.

Author: Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais <jgdr@dalibo.com>
Author: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by:  Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20190421114618.z3mpgmimc3rmubi4@development
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230504193006.1b5b9622%40karst#273020ff4061fc7a2fbb1ba96b281f17
2023-05-19 17:17:58 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 803b4a26ca Remove stray mid-sentence tabs in comments 2023-05-19 16:13:16 +02:00
Michael Paquier e7bff46e50 pageinspect: Fix gist_page_items() with included columns
Non-leaf pages of GiST indexes contain key attributes, leaf pages
contain both key and non-key attributes, and gist_page_items() ignored
the handling of non-key attributes.  This caused a few problems when
using gist_page_items() on a GiST index with INCLUDE:
- On a non-leaf page, the function would crash.
- On a leaf page, the function would work, but miss to display all the
values for included attributes.

This commit fixes gist_page_items() to handle such cases in a more
appropriate way, and now displays the values of key and non-key
attributes for each item separately in a style consistent with what
ruleutils.c would generate for the attribute list, depending on the page
type dealt with.  In a way similar to how a record is displayed, values
would be double-quoted for key or non-key attributes if required.

ruleutils.c did not provide a routine able to control if non-key
attributes should be displayed, so an extended() routine for index
definitions is added to work around the leaf and non-leaf page
differences.

While on it, this commit fixes a third problem related to the amount of
data reported for key attributes.  The code originally relied on
BuildIndexValueDescription() (used for error reports on constraints)
that would not print all the data stored in the index but the index
opclass's input type, so this limited the amount of information
available.  This switch makes gist_page_items() much cheaper as there is
no need to run ACL checks for each item printed, which is not an issue
anyway as superuser rights are required to execute the functions of
pageinspect.  Opclasses whose data cannot be displayed can rely on
gist_page_items_bytea().

The documentation of this function was slightly incorrect for the
output results generated on HEAD and v15, so adjust it on these
branches.

Author: Alexander Lakhin, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17884-cb8c326522977acb@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 14
2023-05-19 12:37:58 +09:00
Tomas Vondra 3581cbdcd6 Fix handling of empty ranges and NULLs in BRIN
BRIN indexes did not properly distinguish between summaries for empty
(no rows) and all-NULL ranges, treating them as essentially the same
thing. Summaries were initialized with allnulls=true, and opclasses
simply reset allnulls to false when processing the first non-NULL value.
This however produces incorrect results if the range starts with a NULL
value (or a sequence of NULL values), in which case we forget the range
contains NULL values when adding the first non-NULL value.

This happens because the allnulls flag is used for two separate
purposes - to mark empty ranges (not representing any rows yet) and
ranges containing only NULL values.

Opclasses don't know which of these cases it is, and so don't know
whether to set hasnulls=true. Setting the flag in both cases would make
it correct, but it would also make BRIN indexes useless for queries with
IS NULL clauses. All ranges start empty (and thus allnulls=true), so all
ranges would end up with either allnulls=true or hasnulls=true.

The severity of the issue is somewhat reduced by the fact that it only
happens when adding values to an existing summary with allnulls=true.
This can happen e.g. for small tables (because a summary for the first
range exists for all BRIN indexes), or for tables with large fraction of
NULL values in the indexed columns.

Bulk summarization (e.g. during CREATE INDEX or automatic summarization)
that processes all values at once is not affected by this issue. In this
case the flags were updated in a slightly different way, not forgetting
the NULL values.

To identify empty ranges we use a new flag, stored in an unused bit in
the BRIN tuple header so the on-disk format remains the same. A matching
flag is added to BrinMemTuple, into a 3B gap after bt_placeholder.
That means there's no risk of ABI breakage, although we don't actually
pass the BrinMemTuple to any public API.

We could also skip storing index tuples for empty summaries, but then
we'd have to always process such ranges - even if there are no rows in
large parts of the table (e.g. after a bulk DELETE), it would still
require reading the pages etc. So we store them, but ignore them when
building the bitmap.

Backpatch to 11. The issue exists since BRIN indexes were introduced in
9.5, but older releases are already EOL.

Backpatch-through: 11
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby, Matthias van de Meent, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/402430e4-7d9d-6cf1-09ef-464d80afff3b@enterprisedb.com
2023-05-19 01:29:44 +02:00
Tom Lane 8a2523ff35 Tweak API of new function clause_is_computable_at().
Pass it the RestrictInfo under consideration, not just the
clause_relids.  This should save some trivial amount of
code at the call sites, and it gives us more flexibility
about what clause_is_computable_at() does.  There's no
actual functional change here, though.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3564467.1684352557@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-05-18 10:39:16 -04:00
Andres Freund 093e5c57d5 Add writeback to pg_stat_io
28e626bde0 added the concept of IOOps but neglected to include writeback
operations. ac8d53dae5 added time spent doing these I/O operations. Without
counting writeback, checkpointer write time in the log often differed
substantially from that in pg_stat_io. To fix this, add IOOp IOOP_WRITEBACK
and track writeback in pg_stat_io.

Bumps catversion.

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230419172326.dhgyo4wrrhulovt6%40awork3.anarazel.de
2023-05-17 11:18:35 -07:00
Andres Freund 52676dc2e0 Update parameter name context to wb_context
For clarity of review, renaming the function parameter "context" in
ScheduleBufferTagForWriteback() and IssuePendingWritebacks() to
"wb_context" is a separate commit. The next commit adds an "io_context"
parameter and "wb_context" makes it more clear which is which.

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_acc6iL4M3hvOTeztf_ZPpsB3Pqio5aVHgZ5q=Pi3BZKg@mail.gmail.com
2023-05-17 11:18:30 -07:00
Alexander Korotkov b9a7a82272 Revert "Add USER SET parameter values for pg_db_role_setting"
This reverts commit 096dd80f3c and its fixups beecbe8e50, afdd9f7f0e,
529da086ba, db93e739ac.

Catversion is bumped.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d46f9265-ff3c-6743-2278-6772598233c2%40pgmasters.net
2023-05-17 20:28:57 +03:00
Tom Lane 9df8f903eb Fix some issues with improper placement of outer join clauses.
After applying outer-join identity 3 in the forward direction,
it was possible for the planner to mistakenly apply a qual clause
from above the two outer joins at the now-lower join level.
This can give the wrong answer, since a value that would get nulled
by the now-upper join might not yet be null.

To fix, when we perform such a transformation, consider that the
now-lower join hasn't really completed the outer join it's nominally
responsible for and thus its relid set should not include that OJ's
relid (nor should its output Vars have that nullingrel bit set).
Instead we add those bits when the now-upper join is performed.
The existing rules for qual placement then suffice to prevent
higher qual clauses from dropping below the now-upper join.
There are a few complications from needing to consider transitive
closures in case multiple pushdowns have happened, but all in all
it's not a very complex patch.

This is all new logic (from 2489d76c4) so no need to back-patch.
The added test cases all have the same results as in v15.

Tom Lane and Richard Guo

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0b819232-4b50-f245-1c7d-c8c61bf41827@postgrespro.ru
2023-05-17 11:14:04 -04:00
Michael Paquier d8c3106bb6 Add back SQLValueFunction for SQL keywords
This is equivalent to a revert of f193883 and fb32748, with the addition
that the declaration of the SQLValueFunction node needs to gain a couple
of node_attr for query jumbling.  The performance impact of removing the
function call inlining is proving to be too huge for some workloads
where these are used.  A worst-case test case of involving only simple
SELECT queries with a SQL keyword is proving to lead to a reduction of
10% in TPS via pgbench and prepared queries on a high-end machine.

None of the tests I ran back for this set of changes saw such a huge
gap, but Alexander Lakhin and Andres Freund have found that this can be
noticeable.  Keeping the older performance would mean to do more
inlining in the executor when using COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX for a function
expression, similarly to what SQLValueFunction does.  This requires more
redesign work and there is little time until 16beta1 is released, so for
now reverting the change is the best way forward, bringing back the
previous performance.

Bump catalog version.

Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b32bed1b-0746-9b20-1472-4bdc9ca66d52@gmail.com
2023-05-17 10:19:17 +09:00
Thomas Munro 63932a6d38 Fix wal_writer_flush_after initializer value.
Commit a73952b795 (new in 16) required default values in guc_table.c
and C variable initializers to match.  This one only matched when
XLOG_BLCKSZ == 8kB.  Fix by using the same expression in both places
with a new DEFAULT_XXX macro, as done for other GUCs.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGLNmLV=VrT==5MqnbARgx2ifRSFtdd8ofdfrdSLL3yv5A@mail.gmail.com
2023-05-15 11:19:54 +12:00
Peter Eisentraut e32701b8d2 initdb: Set collversion for standard collation UNICODE
Since the behavior of the UNICODE collation can change with new
ICU/Unicode versions, we need to apply the versioning mechanism to it.
We do this with an UPDATE command in initdb; this is similar to how we
put the collation version into pg_database already.

Reported-by: Daniel Verite <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/49417853-7bdd-4b23-a4e9-04c7aff33821@manitou-mail.org
2023-05-12 10:03:05 +02:00
Michael Paquier 605994651b Fix assertion failure when updating stats_fetch_consistency in a transaction
An update of the GUC stats_fetch_consistency in a transaction would be
able to trigger an assertion when doing cache->snapshot.  In this case,
when retrieving a pgstat entry after the switch, a new snapshot would be
rebuilt, confusing pgstat_build_snapshot() because a snapshot is already
cached with an unexpected mode ("cache").

In order to fix this problem, this commit adds a flag to force a
snapshot clear each time this GUC is changed.  Some tests are added to
check, while on it.

Some optimizations in avoiding the snapshot clear should be possible
depending on what is cached and the current GUC value, I guess, but this
solution is simple, and ensures that the state of the cache is updated
each time a new pgstat entry is fetched, hence being consistent with the
level wanted by the client that has set the GUC.

Note that cache->none and snapshot->none would not cause issues, as
fetching a pgstat entry would be retrieved from shared memory on the
second attempt, however a snapshot would still be cached.  Similarly,
none->snapshot and none->cache would build a new snapshot on the second
fetch attempt.  Finally, snapshot->cache would cache a new snapshot on
the second attempt.

Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17804-2a118cd046f2d0e5@postgresql.org
backpatch-through: 15
2023-05-10 11:24:30 +09:00
Amit Kapila 3d144c6c86 Fix invalid memory access during the shutdown of the parallel apply worker.
The callback function pa_shutdown() accesses MyLogicalRepWorker which may
not be initialized if there is an error during the initialization of the
parallel apply worker. The other problem is that by the time it is invoked
even after the initialization of the worker, the MyLogicalRepWorker will
be reset by another callback logicalrep_worker_onexit. So, it won't have
the required information.

To fix this, register the shutdown callback after we are attached to the
worker slot.

After this fix, we observed another issue which is that sometimes the
leader apply worker tries to receive the message from the error queue that
might already be detached by the parallel apply worker leading to an
error. To prevent such an error, we ensure that the leader apply worker
detaches from the parallel apply worker's error queue before stopping it.

Reported-by: Sawada Masahiko
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDo+yUwNq6nTrvE2h9bB2vZfcag=jxWc7QxuWCmkDAqcA@mail.gmail.com
2023-05-09 09:28:06 +05:30
Alvaro Herrera 5472743d9e
Revert "Move PartitionPruneInfo out of plan nodes into PlannedStmt"
This reverts commit ec38694894 and its fixup 589bb81649.

This change was intended to support query planning avoiding acquisition
of locks on partitions that were going to be pruned; however, the
overall project took a different direction at [1] and this bit is no
longer needed.  Put things back the way they were as agreed in [2], to
avoid unnecessary complexity.

Discussion: [1] https://postgr.es/m/4191508.1674157166@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: [2] https://postgr.es/m/20230502175409.kcoirxczpdha26wt@alvherre.pgsql
2023-05-04 12:09:59 +02:00
Amit Kapila de63f8dade Fix assertion failure in apply worker.
During exit, the logical replication apply worker tries to release session
level locks, if any. However, if the apply worker exits due to an error
before its connection is initialized, trying to release locks can lead to
assertion failure. The locks will be acquired once the worker is
initialized, so we don't need to release them till the worker
initialization is complete.

Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Author: Hou Zhijie based on inputs from Sawada Masahiko and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2185d65f-5aae-3efa-c48f-fb42b173ef5c@gmail.com
2023-05-03 10:17:49 +05:30
Michael Paquier 8961cb9a03 Fix typos in comments
The changes done in this commit impact comments with no direct
user-visible changes, with fixes for incorrect function, variable or
structure names.

Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e8c38840-596a-83d6-bd8d-cebc51111572@gmail.com
2023-05-02 12:23:08 +09:00
Michael Paquier 4dadd660f0 Fix crashes with CREATE SCHEMA AUTHORIZATION and schema elements
CREATE SCHEMA AUTHORIZATION with appended schema elements can lead to
crashes when comparing the schema name of the query with the schemas
used in the qualification of some clauses in the elements' queries.

The origin of the problem is that the transformation routine for the
elements listed in a CREATE SCHEMA query uses as new, expected, schema
name the one listed in CreateSchemaStmt itself.  However, depending on
the query, CreateSchemaStmt.schemaname may be NULL, being computed
instead from the role specification of the query given by the
AUTHORIZATION clause, that could be either:
- A user name string, with the new schema name being set to the same
value as the role given.
- Guessed from CURRENT_ROLE, SESSION_ROLE or CURRENT_ROLE, with a new
schema name computed from the security context where CREATE SCHEMA is
running.

Regression tests are added for CREATE SCHEMA with some appended elements
(some of them with schema qualifications), covering also some role
specification patterns.

While on it, this simplifies the context structure used during the
transformation of the elements listed in a CREATE SCHEMA query by
removing the fields for the role specification and the role type.  They
were not used, and for the role specification this could be confusing as
the schema name may by extracted from that at the beginning of
CreateSchemaCommand().

This issue exists for a long time, so backpatch down to all the versions
supported.

Reported-by: Song Hongyu
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17909-f65c12dfc5f0451d@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 11
2023-04-28 19:29:12 +09:00
Thomas Munro 828e93a6f2 Remove bogus #include added by d4e71df6d7.
The recently added inclusion of guc.h in smgr.h is not necessary and
introduces more server-related stuff. Removing the directive helps
avoid potential issues with including sgmr.h in frontends.

Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230425.115748.2130383825066921512.horikyota.ntt%40gmail.com
2023-04-26 10:43:53 +12:00
Andres Freund 1118cd37eb Remove vacuum_defer_cleanup_age
vacuum_defer_cleanup_age was introduced before hot_standby_feedback and
replication slots existed. It is hard to use reasonably - commonly it will
either be set too low (not preventing recovery conflicts, while still causing
some bloat), or too high (causing a lot of bloat). The alternatives do not
have that issue.

That on its own might not be sufficient reason to remove
vacuum_defer_cleanup_age, but it also complicates computation of xid
horizons. See e.g. the bug fixed in be504a3e97. It also is untested.

This commit removes TransactionIdRetreatSafely(), as there are no users
anymore. There might be potential future users, hence noting that here.

Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230317230930.nhsgk3qfk7f4axls@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-24 12:21:02 -07:00
Tom Lane fce3b26e97 Rename ExecAggTransReparent, and improve its documentation.
The name of this function suggests that it ought to reparent R/W
expanded objects to be children of the persistent aggcontext, instead
of copying them.  In fact it does no such thing, and if you try to
make it do so you will see multiple regression failures.  Rename it
to the less-misleading ExecAggCopyTransValue, and add commentary
about why that attractive-sounding optimization won't work.  Also
adjust comments at call sites, some of which were describing logic
that has since been moved into ExecAggCopyTransValue.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3004282.1681930251@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-04-24 13:01:33 -04:00
Michael Paquier 0ecb87e1fa Remove io prefix from pg_stat_io columns
a9c70b46 added the statistics view pg_stat_io which contained columns
"io_context" and "io_object".  Given that the columns are in the
pg_stat_io view, the "io" prefix is somewhat redundant, so remove it.

The code variables referring to these fields are kept unchanged so as
they can keep their context about I/O.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fabrízio de Royes Mello
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_aAQoJWrvT2BYYQvJChFKra_O-5ra3jhzKJZqWsTR1CPQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-21 07:21:50 +09:00
Thomas Munro 7d3d72b55e Remove obsolete defense against strxfrm() bugs.
Old versions of Solaris and illumos had buffer overrun bugs in their
strxfrm() implementations.  The bugs were fixed more than a decade ago
and the relevant releases are long out of vendor support.  It's time to
remove the defense added by commit be8b06c3.

Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJ-ZPJwKHVLbqye92-ZXeLoCHu5wJL6L6HhNP7FkJ=meA@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-20 13:20:14 +12:00
Peter Geoghegan 50547a3fae Fix wal_consistency_checking enhanced desc output.
Recent enhancements to rmgr desc routines that made the output summarize
certain block data (added by commits 7d8219a4 and 1c453cfd) dealt with
records that lack relevant block data (and so have nothing to give a
more detailed summary of) by testing !DecodedBkpBlock.has_image.  As a
result, more detailed descriptions of block data were not output when
wal_consistency_checking was enabled.

This bug affected records with summarizable block data that also
happened to have an FPI that the REDO routine isn't supposed to apply
(FPIs used for consistency checking purposes only).  The presence of
such an FPI was incorrectly taken to indicate the absence of block data.

To fix, test DecodedBkpBlock.has_data, not !DecodedBkpBlock.has_image.
This is the exact condition that we care about, not an inexact proxy.

Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzm5Sc9cBg1qWV_cEBfLNJCrW9FjS-SoHVt8FLA7Ldn8yg@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-19 10:42:39 -07:00
David Rowley 3f58a4e296 Fix various typos and incorrect/outdated name references
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/699beab4-a6ca-92c9-f152-f559caf6dc25@gmail.com
2023-04-19 13:50:33 +12:00
Peter Geoghegan 06e0652750 Remove useless argument from nbtree dedup function.
_bt_dedup_pass()'s heapRel argument hasn't been needed or used since
commit cf2acaf4dc made deleting any existing LP_DEAD index tuples the
caller's responsibility.
2023-04-18 10:33:15 -07:00
David Rowley eef231e816 Fix some typos and some incorrectly duplicated words
Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZD3D1QxoccnN8A1V@telsasoft.com
2023-04-18 14:03:49 +12:00
David Rowley b4dbf3e924 Fix various typos
This fixes many spelling mistakes in comments, but a few references to
invalid parameter names, function names and option names too in comments
and also some in string constants

Also, fix an #undef that was undefining the incorrect definition

Author: Alexander Lakhin
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d5f68d19-c0fc-91a9-118d-7c6a5a3f5fad@gmail.com
2023-04-18 13:23:23 +12:00
Peter Geoghegan cd7cdc550c Fix incorrect comment about nbtree WAL record.
The nbtree VACUUM WAL record stores its page offset number payload in
blk 0 (just like the closely related nbtree DELETE WAL record).  Commit
ebd551f5 fixed a similar issue with the DELETE WAL record, but missed
this one.
2023-04-17 09:58:18 -07:00
Tom Lane d48ac0070c Further cleanup of autoconf output files for GSSAPI changes.
Running autoheader was missed in f7431bca8.  This is cosmetic since
we aren't using these HAVE_ symbols, but let's get everything in
sync while we're looking at this.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2422362.1681741814@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-04-17 11:21:50 -04:00
Peter Geoghegan d6f0f95a6b Harmonize some more function parameter names.
Make sure that function declarations use names that exactly match the
corresponding names from function definitions in a few places.  These
inconsistencies were all introduced relatively recently, after the code
base had parameter name mismatches fixed in bulk (see commits starting
with commits 4274dc22 and 035ce1fe).

pg_bsd_indent still has a couple of similar inconsistencies, which I
(pgeoghegan) have left untouched for now.

Like all earlier commits that cleaned up function parameter names, this
commit was written with help from clang-tidy.
2023-04-13 10:15:20 -07:00
Stephen Frost 6633cfb216 De-Revert "Add support for Kerberos credential delegation"
This reverts commit 3d03b24c3 (Revert Add support for Kerberos
credential delegation) which was committed on the grounds of concern
about portability, but on further review and discussion, it's clear that
we are better off explicitly requiring MIT Kerberos as that appears to
be the only GSSAPI library currently that's under proper maintenance
and ongoing development.  The API used for storing credentials was added
to MIT Kerberos over a decade ago while for the other libraries which
appear to be mainly based on Heimdal, which exists explicitly to be a
re-implementation of MIT Kerberos, the API never made it to a released
version (even though it was added to the Heimdal git repo over 5 years
ago..).

This post-feature-freeze change was approved by the RMT.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZDDO6jaESKaBgej0%40tamriel.snowman.net
2023-04-13 08:55:07 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 9ce04b50e1
Revert "Catalog NOT NULL constraints" and fallout
This reverts commit e056c557ae and minor later fixes thereof.

There's a few problems in this new feature -- most notably regarding
pg_upgrade behavior, but others as well.  This new feature is not in any
way critical on its own, so instead of scrambling to fix it we revert it
and try again in early 17 with these issues in mind.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3801207.1681057430@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-04-12 19:29:21 +02:00
Michael Paquier a923e21631 Fix detection of unseekable files for fseek() and ftello() with MSVC
Calling fseek() or ftello() on a handle to a non-seeking device such as
a pipe or a communications device is not supported.  Unfortunately,
MSVC's flavor of these routines, _fseeki64() and _ftelli64(), do not
return an error when given a pipe as handle.  Some of the logic of
pg_dump and restore relies on these routines to check if a handle is
seekable, causing failures when passing the contents of pg_dump to
pg_restore through a pipe, for example.

This commit introduces wrappers for fseeko() and ftello() on MSVC so as
any callers are able to properly detect the cases of non-seekable
handles.  This relies mainly on GetFileType(), sharing a bit of code
with the MSVC port for fstat().  The code in charge of getting a file
type is refactored into a new file called win32common.c, shared by
win32stat.c and the new win32fseek.c.  It includes the MSVC ports for
fseeko() and ftello().

Like 765f5df, this is backpatched down to 14, where the fstat()
implementation for MSVC is able to understand about files larger than
4GB in size.  Using a TAP test for that is proving to be tricky as
IPC::Run handles the pipes by itself, still I have been able to check
the fix manually.

Reported-by: Daniel Watzinger
Author: Juan José Santamaría Flecha, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAC+AXB26a4EmxM2suXxPpJaGrqAdxracd7hskLg-zxtPB50h7A@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 14
2023-04-12 09:09:38 +09:00
Peter Geoghegan c03c2eae0a Refine the guidelines for rmgrdesc authors.
Clarify the goals of the recently added guidelines for rmgrdesc authors:
to avoid gratuitous inconsistencies across resource managers, and to
make it reasonably easy to write a reusable custom parser.

Beyond that, the guidelines leave rmgrdesc authors with a significant
amount of leeway.  This even includes the leeway to invent custom
conventions (in cases where it's warranted).

Follow-up to commit 7d8219a4.

Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkbYuvwYKm-Y-72QEh6SPMQcAo9uONv+mR3bMGcu9E_Cg@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-11 15:26:24 -07:00
Peter Geoghegan e944063294 Fix xl_heap_lock WAL record field's data type.
Make xl_heap_lock's infobits_set field of type uint8, not int8.  Using
int8 isn't appropriate given that the field just holds status bits.
This fixes an oversight in commit 0ac5ad5134.

In passing rename the nearby TransactionId field to "xmax" to make
things consistency with related records, such as xl_heap_lock_updated.

Deliberately avoid a bump in XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC.  No backpatch, either.

Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkCd3kOS8b7Rfxw7Mh1_6jvX=Nzo-CWR1VBTiOtVZkWHA@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-11 14:07:54 -07:00
Peter Geoghegan 5d6728e588 Fix nbtree posting list update desc output.
We cannot use the generic array_desc approach with per-tuple nbtree
posting list update metadata because array_desc can only deal with fixed
width elements (e.g., page offset numbers).  Using array_desc led to
incorrect rmgr descriptions for updates from nbtree DELETE/VACUUM WAL
records.

To fix, add specialized code to describe the update metadata as array
elements in desc output.  We now iterate over the update metadata using
an approach that matches related REDO routines.

Also stop showing the updates offset number array separately in nbtree
DELETE/VACUUM desc output.  It's redundant information, since the same
page offset numbers appear in the description of each individual update
element.  Also make some small tweaks to the way that we format arrays
in all desc routines (not just nbtree desc routines) to make arrays a
little less verbose.

Oversight in commit 1c453cfd, which enhanced the nbtree rmgr desc
routines.

Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkbYuvwYKm-Y-72QEh6SPMQcAo9uONv+mR3bMGcu9E_Cg@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-10 11:15:41 -07:00
Stephen Frost 3d03b24c35 Revert "Add support for Kerberos credential delegation"
This reverts commit 3d4fa227bc.

Per discussion and buildfarm, this depends on APIs that seem to not
be available on at least one platform (NetBSD).  Should be certainly
possible to rework to be optional on that platform if necessary but bit
late for that at this point.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3286097.1680922218@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-04-08 07:21:35 -04:00
Thomas Munro db4f21e4a3 Redesign interrupt/cancel API for regex engine.
Previously, a PostgreSQL-specific callback checked by the regex engine
had a way to trigger a special error code REG_CANCEL if it detected that
the next call to CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() would certainly throw via
ereport().

A later proposed bugfix aims to move some complex logic out of signal
handlers, so that it won't run until the next CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(),
which makes the above design impossible unless we split
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() into two phases, one to run logic and another to
ereport().  We may develop such a system in the future, but for the
regex code it is no longer necessary.

An earlier commit moved regex memory management over to our
MemoryContext system.  Given that the purpose of the two-phase interrupt
checking was to free memory before throwing, something we don't need to
worry about anymore, it seems simpler to inject CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS()
directly into cancelation points, and just let it throw.

Since the plan is to keep PostgreSQL-specific concerns separate from the
main regex engine code (with a view to bein able to stay in sync with
other projects), do this with a new macro INTERRUPT(), customizable in
regcustom.h and defaulting to nothing.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK3PGKwcKqzoosamn36YW-fsuTdOPPF1i_rtEO%3DnEYKSg%40mail.gmail.com
2023-04-08 22:10:39 +12:00
Thomas Munro 4f51429dd7 Update tsearch regex memory management.
Now that our regex engine uses palloc(), it's not necessary to set up a
special memory context callback to free compiled regexes.  The regex has
no resources other than the memory that is already going to be freed in
bulk.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK3PGKwcKqzoosamn36YW-fsuTdOPPF1i_rtEO%3DnEYKSg%40mail.gmail.com
2023-04-08 22:09:17 +12:00
Thomas Munro bea3d7e383 Use MemoryContext API for regex memory management.
Previously, regex_t objects' memory was managed with malloc() and free()
directly.  Switch to palloc()-based memory management instead.
Advantages:

 * memory used by cached regexes is now visible with MemoryContext
   observability tools

 * cleanup can be done automatically in certain failure modes
   (something that later commits will take advantage of)

 * cleanup can be done in bulk

On the downside, there may be more fragmentation (wasted memory) due to
per-regex MemoryContext objects.  This is a problem shared with other
cached objects in PostgreSQL and can probably be improved with later
tuning.

Thanks to Noah Misch for suggesting this general approach, which
unblocks later work on interrupts.

Suggested-by: Noah Misch <noah@leadboat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK3PGKwcKqzoosamn36YW-fsuTdOPPF1i_rtEO%3DnEYKSg%40mail.gmail.com
2023-04-08 22:08:41 +12:00
Andres Freund 0fdab27ad6 Allow logical decoding on standbys
Unsurprisingly, this requires wal_level = logical to be set on the primary and
standby. The infrastructure added in 26669757b6 ensures that slots are
invalidated if the primary's wal_level is lowered.

Creating a slot on a standby waits for a xl_running_xact record to be
processed. If the primary is idle (and thus not emitting xl_running_xact
records), that can take a while.  To make that faster, this commit also
introduces the pg_log_standby_snapshot() function. By executing it on the
primary, completion of slot creation on the standby can be accelerated.

Note that logical decoding on a standby does not itself enforce that required
catalog rows are not removed. The user has to use physical replication slots +
hot_standby_feedback or other measures to prevent that. If catalog rows
required for a slot are removed, the slot is invalidated.

See 6af1793954 for an overall design of logical decoding on a standby.

Bumps catversion, for the addition of the pg_log_standby_snapshot() function.

Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (in an older version)
Author: Amit Khandekar <amitdkhan.pg@gmail.com> (in an older version)
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: FabrÌzio de Royes Mello <fabriziomello@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
2023-04-08 02:20:05 -07:00
Andres Freund e101dfac3a For cascading replication, wake physical and logical walsenders separately
Physical walsenders can't send data until it's been flushed; logical
walsenders can't decode and send data until it's been applied. On the
standby, the WAL is flushed first, which will only wake up physical
walsenders; and then applied, which will only wake up logical
walsenders.

Previously, all walsenders were awakened when the WAL was flushed. That
was fine for logical walsenders on the primary; but on the standby the
flushed WAL would have been not applied yet, so logical walsenders were
awakened too early.

Per idea from Jeff Davis and Amit Kapila.

Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Jeff Davis <pgsql@j-davis.com>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+zO5LUeisabX10c81LU-fWMKO4M9Wyg1cdkbW7Hqh6vQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-08 01:06:00 -07:00
Andres Freund 26669757b6 Handle logical slot conflicts on standby
During WAL replay on the standby, when a conflict with a logical slot is
identified, invalidate such slots. There are two sources of conflicts:
1) Using the information added in 6af1793954, logical slots are invalidated if
   required rows are removed
2) wal_level on the primary server is reduced to below logical

Uses the infrastructure introduced in the prior commit. FIXME: add commit
reference.

Change InvalidatePossiblyObsoleteSlot() to use a recovery conflict to
interrupt use of a slot, if called in the startup process. The new recovery
conflict is added to pg_stat_database_conflicts, as confl_active_logicalslot.

See 6af1793954 for an overall design of logical decoding on a standby.

Bumps catversion for the addition of the pg_stat_database_conflicts column.
Bumps PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID for the same reason.

Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Amit Khandekar <amitdkhan.pg@gmail.com> (in an older version)
Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabrízio de Royes Mello <fabriziomello@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230407075009.igg7be27ha2htkbt@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-08 00:05:44 -07:00
Andres Freund be87200efd Support invalidating replication slots due to horizon and wal_level
Needed for logical decoding on a standby. Slots need to be invalidated because
of the horizon if rows required for logical decoding are removed. If the
primary's wal_level is lowered from 'logical', logical slots on the standby
need to be invalidated.

The new invalidation methods will be used in a subsequent commit.

Logical slots that have been invalidated can be identified via the new
pg_replication_slots.conflicting column.

See 6af1793954 for an overall design of logical decoding on a standby.

Bumps catversion for the addition of the new pg_replication_slots column.

Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Amit Khandekar <amitdkhan.pg@gmail.com> (in an older version)
Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabrízio de Royes Mello <fabriziomello@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230407075009.igg7be27ha2htkbt@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-07 22:40:27 -07:00
Andres Freund 15f8203a59 Replace replication slot's invalidated_at LSN with an enum
This is mainly useful because the upcoming logical-decoding-on-standby feature
adds further reasons for invalidating slots, and we don't want to end up with
multiple invalidated_* fields, or check different attributes.

Eventually we should consider not resetting restart_lsn when invalidating a
slot due to max_slot_wal_keep_size. But that's a user visible change, so left
for later.

Increases SLOT_VERSION, due to the changed field (with a different alignment,
no less).

Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230407075009.igg7be27ha2htkbt@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-07 21:47:25 -07:00
Thomas Munro d4e71df6d7 Add io_direct setting (developer-only).
Provide a way to ask the kernel to use O_DIRECT (or local equivalent)
where available for data and WAL files, to avoid or minimize kernel
caching.  This hurts performance currently and is not intended for end
users yet.  Later proposed work would introduce our own I/O clustering,
read-ahead, etc to replace the facilities the kernel disables with this
option.

The only user-visible change, if the developer-only GUC is not used, is
that this commit also removes the obscure logic that would activate
O_DIRECT for the WAL when wal_sync_method=open_[data]sync and
wal_level=minimal (which also requires max_wal_senders=0).  Those are
non-default and unlikely settings, and this behavior wasn't (correctly)
documented.  The same effect can be achieved with io_direct=wal.

Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK1X532hYqJ_MzFWt0n1zt8trz980D79WbjwnT-yYLZpg%40mail.gmail.com
2023-04-08 16:35:07 +12:00
Thomas Munro faeedbcefd Introduce PG_IO_ALIGN_SIZE and align all I/O buffers.
In order to have the option to use O_DIRECT/FILE_FLAG_NO_BUFFERING in a
later commit, we need the addresses of user space buffers to be well
aligned.  The exact requirements vary by OS and file system (typically
sectors and/or memory pages).  The address alignment size is set to
4096, which is enough for currently known systems: it matches modern
sectors and common memory page size.  There is no standard governing
O_DIRECT's requirements so we might eventually have to reconsider this
with more information from the field or future systems.

Aligning I/O buffers on memory pages is also known to improve regular
buffered I/O performance.

Three classes of I/O buffers for regular data pages are adjusted:
(1) Heap buffers are now allocated with the new palloc_aligned() or
MemoryContextAllocAligned() functions introduced by commit 439f6175.
(2) Stack buffers now use a new struct PGIOAlignedBlock to respect
PG_IO_ALIGN_SIZE, if possible with this compiler.  (3) The buffer
pool is also aligned in shared memory.

WAL buffers were already aligned on XLOG_BLCKSZ.  It's possible for
XLOG_BLCKSZ to be configured smaller than PG_IO_ALIGNED_SIZE and thus
for O_DIRECT WAL writes to fail to be well aligned, but that's a
pre-existing condition and will be addressed by a later commit.

BufFiles are not yet addressed (there's no current plan to use O_DIRECT
for those, but they could potentially get some incidental speedup even
in plain buffered I/O operations through better alignment).

If we can't align stack objects suitably using the compiler extensions
we know about, we disable the use of O_DIRECT by setting PG_O_DIRECT to
0.  This avoids the need to consider systems that have O_DIRECT but
can't align stack objects the way we want; such systems could in theory
be supported with more work but we don't currently know of any such
machines, so it's easier to pretend there is no O_DIRECT support
instead.  That's an existing and tested class of system.

Add assertions that all buffers passed into smgrread(), smgrwrite() and
smgrextend() are correctly aligned, unless PG_O_DIRECT is 0 (= stack
alignment tricks may be unavailable) or the block size has been set too
small to allow arrays of buffers to be all aligned.

Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGK1X532hYqJ_MzFWt0n1zt8trz980D79WbjwnT-yYLZpg@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-08 16:34:50 +12:00
Stephen Frost 3d4fa227bc Add support for Kerberos credential delegation
Support GSSAPI/Kerberos credentials being delegated to the server by a
client.  With this, a user authenticating to PostgreSQL using Kerberos
(GSSAPI) credentials can choose to delegate their credentials to the
PostgreSQL server (which can choose to accept them, or not), allowing
the server to then use those delegated credentials to connect to
another service, such as with postgres_fdw or dblink or theoretically
any other service which is able to be authenticated using Kerberos.

Both postgres_fdw and dblink are changed to allow non-superuser
password-less connections but only when GSSAPI credentials have been
delegated to the server by the client and GSSAPI is used to
authenticate to the remote system.

Authors: Stephen Frost, Peifeng Qiu
Reviewed-By: David Christensen
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CO1PR05MB8023CC2CB575E0FAAD7DF4F8A8E29@CO1PR05MB8023.namprd05.prod.outlook.com
2023-04-07 21:58:04 -04:00
Andres Freund ac8d53dae5 Track IO times in pg_stat_io
a9c70b46db and 8aaa04b32S added counting of IO operations to a new view,
pg_stat_io. Now, add IO timing for reads, writes, extends, and fsyncs to
pg_stat_io as well.

This combines the tracking for pgBufferUsage with the tracking for pg_stat_io
into a new function pgstat_count_io_op_time(). This should make it a bit
easier to avoid the somewhat costly instr_time conversion done for
pgBufferUsage.

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/CAAKRu_ay5iKmnbXZ3DsauViF3eMxu4m1oNnJXqV_HyqYeg55Ww%40mail.gmail.com
2023-04-07 17:04:56 -07:00
Peter Geoghegan 1c453cfd89 Show more detail in nbtree rmgr descriptions.
Show a detailed description of the page offset number arrays that appear
in certain nbtree WAL records.

Also brings nbtree desc routines in line with the guidelines established
by recent commit 7d8219a4.

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/20230109215842.fktuhesvayno6o4g%40awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-07 16:46:23 -07:00
Peter Geoghegan 7d8219a444 Show more detail in heapam rmgr descriptions.
Add helper functions that output arrays in a standard format, and use
the functions inside heapdesc routines.  This allows tools like
pg_walinspect to show a detailed description of the page offset number
arrays for records like PRUNE and VACUUM (unless there was an FPI).

Also document the conventions that desc routines should follow.  Only
the heapdesc routines follow the conventions for now, so they're just
guidelines for the time being.

Based on a suggestion from Andres Freund.

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/20230109215842.fktuhesvayno6o4g%40awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-07 16:08:52 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera e056c557ae
Catalog NOT NULL constraints
We now create pg_constaint rows for NOT NULL constraints with
contype='n'.

We propagate these constraints during operations such as adding
inheritance relationships, creating and attaching partitions, creating
tables LIKE other tables.  We mostly follow the well-known rules of
conislocal and coninhcount that we have for CHECK constraints, with some
adaptations; for example, as opposed to CHECK constraints, we don't
match NOT NULL ones by name when descending a hierarchy to alter it;
instead we match by column number.  This means we don't require the
constraint names to be identical across a hierarchy.

For now, we omit them from system catalogs.  Maybe this is worth
reconsidering.  We don't support NOT VALID nor DEFERRABLE clauses
either; these can be added as separate features later (this patch is
already large and complicated enough.)

This has been very long in the making.  The first patch was written by
Bernd Helmle in 2010 to add a new pg_constraint.contype value ('n'),
which I (Álvaro) then hijacked in 2011 and 2012, until that one was
killed by the realization that we ought to use contype='c' instead:
manufactured CHECK constraints.  However, later SQL standard
development, as well as nonobvious emergent properties of that design
(mostly, failure to distinguish them from "normal" CHECK constraints as
well as the performance implication of having to test the CHECK
expression) led us to reconsider this choice, so now the current
implementation uses contype='n' again.

In 2016 Vitaly Burovoy also worked on this feature[1] but found no
consensus for his proposed approach, which was claimed to be closer to
the letter of the standard, requiring additional pg_attribute columns to
track the OID of the NOT NULL constraint for that column.
[1] https://postgr.es/m/CAKOSWNkN6HSyatuys8xZxzRCR-KL1OkHS5-b9qd9bf1Rad3PLA@mail.gmail.com

Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Author: Bernd Helmle <mailings@oopsware.de>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACA0E642A0267EDA387AF2B%40%5B172.26.14.62%5D
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AANLkTinLXMOEMz+0J29tf1POokKi4XDkWJ6-DDR9BKgU@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20110707213401.GA27098@alvh.no-ip.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1343682669-sup-2532@alvh.no-ip.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKOSWNkN6HSyatuys8xZxzRCR-KL1OkHS5-b9qd9bf1Rad3PLA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220817181249.q7qvj3okywctra3c@alvherre.pgsql
2023-04-07 19:59:57 +02:00
Tom Lane 888f2ea0a8 Add array_sample() and array_shuffle() functions.
These are useful in Monte Carlo applications.

Martin Kalcher, reviewed/adjusted by Daniel Gustafsson and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9d160a44-7675-51e8-60cf-6d64b76db831@aboutsource.net
2023-04-07 11:47:07 -04:00
Michael Paquier 8fcb32db98 Add more protections in WAL record APIs against overflows
This commit adds a limit to the size of an XLogRecord at 1020MB, based
on a suggestion by Heikki Linnakangas.  This counts for the overhead
needed by the XLogReader when allocating the memory it needs to read a
record in DecodeXLogRecordRequiredSpace(), based on the record size.  An
assertion based on that is added to detect that any additions in the
XLogReader facilities would not cause any overflows.  If that's ever the
case, the upper bound allowed would need to be adjusted.

Before this, it was possible for an external module to create WAL
records large enough to be assembled but not replayable, causing
failures when replaying such WAL records on standbys.  One case
mentioned where this is possible is the in-core function
pg_logical_emit_message() (wrapper for LogLogicalMessage), that allows
to emit WAL records with an arbitrary amount of data potentially higher
than the replay limit of approximately 1GB (limit of a palloc, minus the
overhead needed by a XLogReader).

This commit is a follow-up of ffd1b6b that has added similar protections
for the block-level data.  Here, the checks are extended to the whole
record length, mainrdata_len being extended from uint32 to uint64 with
the routines registering buffer and record data still limited to uint32
to minimize the checks when assembling a record.  All the error messages
related to overflow checks are improved to provide more context about
the error happening.

Author: Matthias van de Meent
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Heikki Linnakangas, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEze2WgGiw+LZt+vHf8tWqB_6VxeLsMeoAuod0N=ij1q17n5pw@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-07 10:10:17 +09:00
David Rowley ae78cae3be Add --buffer-usage-limit option to vacuumdb
1cbbee033 added BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT to the VACUUM and ANALYZE commands, so
here we permit that option to be specified in vacuumdb.

In passing, adjust the documents for vacuum_buffer_usage_limit and the
BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT VACUUM option to mention "kB" rather than "KB".  Do the
same for the ERROR message in ExecVacuum() and
check_vacuum_buffer_usage_limit().  Without that we might tell a user that
the valid minimum value is 128 KB only to reject that because we accept
only "kB" and not "KB".

Also, add a small reminder comment in vacuum.h to try to trigger the
memory of anyone adding new fields to VacuumParams that they might want to
consider if vacuumdb needs to grow a new option too.

Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZAzTg3iEnubscvbf@telsasoft.com
2023-04-07 12:47:10 +12:00
Andres Freund 00d1e02be2 hio: Use ExtendBufferedRelBy() to extend tables more efficiently
While we already had some form of bulk extension for relations, it was fairly
limited. It only amortized the cost of acquiring the extension lock, the
relation itself was still extended one-by-one. Bulk extension was also solely
triggered by contention, not by the amount of data inserted.

To address this, use ExtendBufferedRelBy(), introduced in 31966b151e, to
extend the relation. We try to extend the relation by multiple blocks in two
situations:

1) The caller tells RelationGetBufferForTuple() that it will need multiple
   pages. For now that's only used by heap_multi_insert(), see commit FIXME.

2) If there is contention on the extension lock, use the number of waiters for
   the lock as a multiplier for the number of blocks to extend by. This is
   similar to what we already did. Previously we additionally multiplied the
   numbers of waiters by 20, but with the new relation extension
   infrastructure I could not see a benefit in doing so.

Using the freespacemap to provide empty pages can cause significant
contention, and adds measurable overhead, even if there is no contention. To
reduce that, remember the blocks the relation was extended by in the
BulkInsertState, in the extending backend. In case 1) from above, the blocks
the extending backend needs are not entered into the FSM, as we know that we
will need those blocks.

One complication with using the FSM to record empty pages, is that we need to
insert blocks into the FSM, when we already hold a buffer content lock. To
avoid doing IO while holding a content lock, release the content lock before
recording free space. Currently that opens a small window in which another
backend could fill the block, if a concurrent VACUUM records the free
space. If that happens, we retry, similar to the already existing case when
otherBuffer is provided. In the future it might be worth closing the race by
preventing VACUUM from recording the space in newly extended pages.

This change provides very significant wins (3x at 16 clients, on my
workstation) for concurrent COPY into a single relation. Even single threaded
COPY is measurably faster, primarily due to not dirtying pages while
extending, if supported by the operating system (see commit 4d330a61bb). Even
single-row INSERTs benefit, although to a much smaller degree, as the relation
extension lock rarely is the primary bottleneck.

Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029025420.eplyow6k7tgu6he3@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-06 16:53:17 -07:00
David Rowley 1cbbee0338 Add VACUUM/ANALYZE BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT option
Add new options to the VACUUM and ANALYZE commands called
BUFFER_USAGE_LIMIT to allow users more control over how large to make the
buffer access strategy that is used to limit the usage of buffers in
shared buffers.  Larger rings can allow VACUUM to run more quickly but
have the drawback of VACUUM possibly evicting more buffers from shared
buffers that might be useful for other queries running on the database.

Here we also add a new GUC named vacuum_buffer_usage_limit which controls
how large to make the access strategy when it's not specified in the
VACUUM/ANALYZE command.  This defaults to 256KB, which is the same size as
the access strategy was prior to this change.  This setting also
controls how large to make the buffer access strategy for autovacuum.

Per idea by Andres Freund.

Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230111182720.ejifsclfwymw2reb@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-07 11:40:31 +12:00
Andres Freund 5279e9db8e heapam: Pass number of required pages to RelationGetBufferForTuple()
A future commit will use this information to determine how aggressively to
extend the relation by. In heap_multi_insert() we know accurately how many
pages we need once we need to extend the relation, providing an accurate lower
bound for how much to extend.

Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029025420.eplyow6k7tgu6he3@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-06 16:17:16 -07:00
Daniel Gustafsson 7d71d3dd08 Refresh cost-based delay params more frequently in autovacuum
Allow autovacuum to reload the config file more often so that cost-based
delay parameters can take effect while VACUUMing a relation. Previously,
autovacuum workers only reloaded the config file once per relation
vacuumed, so config changes could not take effect until beginning to
vacuum the next table.

Now, check if a reload is pending roughly once per block, when checking
if we need to delay.

In order for autovacuum workers to safely update their own cost delay
and cost limit parameters without impacting performance, we had to
rethink when and how these values were accessed.

Previously, an autovacuum worker's wi_cost_limit was set only at the
beginning of vacuuming a table, after reloading the config file.
Therefore, at the time that autovac_balance_cost() was called, workers
vacuuming tables with no cost-related storage parameters could still
have different values for their wi_cost_limit_base and wi_cost_delay.

Now that the cost parameters can be updated while vacuuming a table,
workers will (within some margin of error) have no reason to have
different values for cost limit and cost delay (in the absence of
cost-related storage parameters). This removes the rationale for keeping
cost limit and cost delay in shared memory. Balancing the cost limit
requires only the number of active autovacuum workers vacuuming a table
with no cost-based storage parameters.

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAAKRu_ZngzqnEODc7LmS1NH04Kt6Y9huSjz5pp7%2BDXhrjDA0gw%40mail.gmail.com
2023-04-07 01:00:21 +02:00
Daniel Gustafsson a85c60a945 Separate vacuum cost variables from GUCs
Vacuum code run both by autovacuum workers and a backend doing
VACUUM/ANALYZE previously inspected VacuumCostLimit and VacuumCostDelay,
which are the global variables backing the GUCs vacuum_cost_limit and
vacuum_cost_delay.

Autovacuum workers needed to override these variables with their
own values, derived from autovacuum_vacuum_cost_limit and
autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay and worker cost limit balancing logic.
This led to confusing code which, in some cases, both derived and
set a new value of VacuumCostLimit from VacuumCostLimit.

In preparation for refreshing these GUC values more often, introduce
new, independent global variables and add a function to update them
using the GUCs and existing logic.

Per suggestion by Kyotaro Horiguchi

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAAKRu_ZngzqnEODc7LmS1NH04Kt6Y9huSjz5pp7%2BDXhrjDA0gw%40mail.gmail.com
2023-04-07 00:54:53 +02:00
Daniel Gustafsson 71a825194f Make vacuum failsafe_active globally visible
While vacuuming a table in failsafe mode, VacuumCostActive should
not be re-enabled.  This currently isn't a problem because vacuum
cost parameters are only refreshed in between vacuuming tables and
failsafe status is reset for every table.

In preparation for allowing vacuum cost parameters to be updated
more frequently, elevate LVRelState->failsafe_active to a global,
VacuumFailsafeActive, which will be checked when determining whether
or not to re-enable vacuum cost-related delays.

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAAKRu_ZngzqnEODc7LmS1NH04Kt6Y9huSjz5pp7%2BDXhrjDA0gw%40mail.gmail.com
2023-04-07 00:54:08 +02:00
Tomas Vondra 2820adf775 Support long distance matching for zstd compression
zstd compression supports a special mode for finding matched in distant
past, which may result in better compression ratio, at the expense of
using more memory (the window size is 128MB).

To enable this optional mode, use the "long" keyword when specifying the
compression method (--compress=zstd:long).

Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Jacob Champion
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230224191840.GD1653@telsasoft.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220327205020.GM28503@telsasoft.com
2023-04-06 17:18:42 +02:00
David Rowley b9b125b9c1 Move various prechecks from vacuum() into ExecVacuum()
vacuum() is used for both the VACUUM command and for autovacuum. There
were many prechecks being done inside vacuum() that were just not relevant
to autovacuum.  Let's move the bulk of these into ExecVacuum() so that
they're only executed when running the VACUUM command.  This removes a
small amount of overhead when autovacuum vacuums a table.

While we are at it, allocate VACUUM's BufferAccessStrategy in ExecVacuum()
and pass it into vacuum() instead of expecting vacuum() to make it if it's
not already made by the calling function.  To make this work, we need to
create the vacuum memory context slightly earlier, so we now need to pass
that down to vacuum() so that it's available for use in other memory
allocations.

Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230405211534.4skgskbilnxqrmxg@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-06 15:44:52 +12:00
Michael Paquier 1d477a907e Fix row tracking in pg_stat_statements with extended query protocol
pg_stat_statements relies on EState->es_processed to count the number of
rows processed by ExecutorRun().  This proves to be a problem under the
extended query protocol when the result of a query is fetched through
more than one call of ExecutorRun(), as es_processed is reset each time
ExecutorRun() is called.  This causes pg_stat_statements to report the
number of rows calculated in the last execute fetch, rather than the
global sum of all the rows processed.

As pquery.c tells, this is a problem when a portal does not use
holdStore.  For example, DMLs with RETURNING would report a correct
tuple count as these do one execution cycle when the query is first
executed to fill in the portal's store with one ExecutorRun(), feeding
on the portal's store for each follow-up execute fetch depending on the
fetch size requested by the client.

The fix proposed for this issue is simple with the addition of an extra
counter in EState that's preserved across multiple ExecutorRun() calls,
incremented with the value calculated in es_processed.  This approach is
not back-patchable, unfortunately.

Note that libpq does not currently give any way to control the fetch
size when using the extended v3 protocol, meaning that in-core testing
is not possible yet.  This issue can be easily verified with the JDBC
driver, though, with *autocommit disabled*.  Hence, having in-core tests
requires more features, left for future discussion:
- At least two new libpq routines splitting PQsendQueryGuts(), one for
the bind/describe and a second for a series of execute fetches with a
custom fetch size, likely in a fashion similar to what JDBC does.
- A psql meta-command for the execute phase.  This part is not strictly
mandatory, still it could be handy.

Reported-by: Andrew Dunstan (original discovery by Simon Siggs)
Author: Sami Imseih
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/EBE6C507-9EB6-4142-9E4D-38B1673363A7@amazon.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c90890e7-9c89-c34f-d3c5-d5c763a34bd8@dunslane.net
2023-04-06 09:29:03 +09:00
Andres Freund 31966b151e bufmgr: Introduce infrastructure for faster relation extension
The primary bottlenecks for relation extension are:

1) The extension lock is held while acquiring a victim buffer for the new
   page. Acquiring a victim buffer can require writing out the old page
   contents including possibly needing to flush WAL.

2) When extending via ReadBuffer() et al, we write a zero page during the
   extension, and then later write out the actual page contents. This can
   nearly double the write rate.

3) The existing bulk relation extension infrastructure in hio.c just amortized
   the cost of acquiring the relation extension lock, but none of the other
   costs.

Unfortunately 1) cannot currently be addressed in a central manner as the
callers to ReadBuffer() need to acquire the extension lock. To address that,
this this commit moves the responsibility for acquiring the extension lock
into bufmgr.c functions. That allows to acquire the relation extension lock
for just the required time. This will also allow us to improve relation
extension further, without changing callers.

The reason we write all-zeroes pages during relation extension is that we hope
to get ENOSPC errors earlier that way (largely works, except for CoW
filesystems). It is easier to handle out-of-space errors gracefully if the
page doesn't yet contain actual tuples. This commit addresses 2), by using the
recently introduced smgrzeroextend(), which extends the relation, without
dirtying the kernel page cache for all the extended pages.

To address 3), this commit introduces a function to extend a relation by
multiple blocks at a time.

There are three new exposed functions: ExtendBufferedRel() for extending the
relation by a single block, ExtendBufferedRelBy() to extend a relation by
multiple blocks at once, and ExtendBufferedRelTo() for extending a relation up
to a certain size.

To avoid duplicating code between ReadBuffer(P_NEW) and the new functions,
ReadBuffer(P_NEW) now implements relation extension with
ExtendBufferedRel(), using a flag to tell ExtendBufferedRel() that the
relation lock is already held.

Note that this commit does not yet lead to a meaningful performance or
scalability improvement - for that uses of ReadBuffer(P_NEW) will need to be
converted to ExtendBuffered*(), which will be done in subsequent commits.

Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029025420.eplyow6k7tgu6he3@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-05 16:21:09 -07:00
Andres Freund 12f3867f55 bufmgr: Support multiple in-progress IOs by using resowner
A future patch will add support for extending relations by multiple blocks at
once. To be concurrency safe, the buffers for those blocks need to be marked
as BM_IO_IN_PROGRESS. Until now we only had infrastructure for recovering from
an IO error for a single buffer. This commit extends that infrastructure to
multiple buffers by using the resource owner infrastructure.

This commit increases the size of the ResourceOwnerData struct, which appears
to have a just about measurable overhead in very extreme workloads. Medium
term we are planning to substantially shrink the size of
ResourceOwnerData. Short term the increase is small enough to not worry about
it for now.

Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029025420.eplyow6k7tgu6he3@awork3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029200025.w7bvlgvamjfo6z44@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-05 14:17:55 -07:00
Tom Lane 16dc2703c5 Support "Right Anti Join" plan shapes.
Merge and hash joins can support antijoin with the non-nullable input
on the right, using very simple combinations of their existing logic
for right join and anti join.  This gives the planner more freedom
about how to order the join.  It's particularly useful for hash join,
since we may now have the option to hash the smaller table instead
of the larger.

Richard Guo, reviewed by Ronan Dunklau and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs48xh9hMzXzSy3VaPzGAz+fkxXXTUbCLohX1_L8THFRm2Q@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-05 16:59:09 -04:00
Andres Freund 794f259447 bufmgr: Add Pin/UnpinLocalBuffer()
So far these were open-coded in quite a few places, without a good reason.

Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029025420.eplyow6k7tgu6he3@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-05 10:42:17 -07:00
Andres Freund 819b69a81d bufmgr: Add some more error checking [infrastructure] around pinning
This adds a few more assertions against a buffer being local in places we
don't expect, and extracts the check for a buffer being pinned exactly once
from LockBufferForCleanup() into its own function. Later commits will use this
function.

Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/419312fd-9255-078c-c3e3-f0525f911d7f@iki.fi
2023-04-05 10:42:17 -07:00
Andres Freund 4d330a61bb Add smgrzeroextend(), FileZero(), FileFallocate()
smgrzeroextend() uses FileFallocate() to efficiently extend files by multiple
blocks. When extending by a small number of blocks, use FileZero() instead, as
using posix_fallocate() for small numbers of blocks is inefficient for some
file systems / operating systems. FileZero() is also used as the fallback for
FileFallocate() on platforms / filesystems that don't support fallocate.

A big advantage of using posix_fallocate() is that it typically won't cause
dirty buffers in the kernel pagecache. So far the most common pattern in our
code is that we smgrextend() a page full of zeroes and put the corresponding
page into shared buffers, from where we later write out the actual contents of
the page. If the kernel, e.g. due to memory pressure or elapsed time, already
wrote back the all-zeroes page, this can lead to doubling the amount of writes
reaching storage.

There are no users of smgrzeroextend() as of this commit. That will follow in
future commits.

Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221029025420.eplyow6k7tgu6he3@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-05 10:06:39 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut c9f57541d9 doc: Update SQL features/conformance information to SQL:2023
Optional subfeatures have been changed to top-level features, so there
is a bit of a churn in the list for that.

Some existing functions have been added to the standard, so they are
moved from the "other" to the "standard" lists in their sections.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/63f285d9-4ec8-0c9e-4bf5-e76334ddc0af@enterprisedb.com
2023-04-05 09:20:25 +02:00
Jeff Davis ea1db8ae70 Canonicalize ICU locale names to language tags.
Convert to BCP47 language tags before storing in the catalog, except
during binary upgrade or when the locale comes from an existing
collation or template database.

The resulting language tags can vary slightly between ICU
versions. For instance, "@colBackwards=yes" is converted to
"und-u-kb-true" in older versions of ICU, and to the simpler (but
equivalent) "und-u-kb" in newer versions.

The process of canonicalizing to a language tag also understands more
input locale string formats than ucol_open(). For instance,
"fr_CA.UTF-8" is misinterpreted by ucol_open() and the region is
ignored; effectively treating it the same as the locale "fr" and
opening the wrong collator. Canonicalization properly interprets the
language and region, resulting in the language tag "fr-CA", which can
then be understood by ucol_open().

This commit fixes a problem in prior versions due to ucol_open()
misinterpreting locale strings as described above. For instance,
creating an ICU collation with locale "fr_CA.UTF-8" would store that
string directly in the catalog, which would later be passed to (and
misinterpreted by) ucol_open(). After this commit, the locale string
will be canonicalized to language tag "fr-CA" in the catalog, which
will be properly understood by ucol_open(). Because this fix affects
the resulting collator, we cannot change the locale string stored in
the catalog for existing databases or collations; otherwise we'd risk
corrupting indexes. Therefore, only canonicalize locales for
newly-created (not upgraded) collations/databases. For similar
reasons, do not backport.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8c7af6820aed94dc7bc259d2aa7f9663518e6137.camel@j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
2023-04-04 10:38:58 -07:00
Robert Haas 482675987b Add a run_as_owner option to subscriptions.
This option is normally false, but can be set to true to obtain
the legacy behavior where the subscription runs with the permissions
of the subscription owner rather than the permissions of the
table owner. The advantages of this mode are (1) it doesn't require
that the subscription owner have permission to SET ROLE to each
table owner and (2) since no role switching occurs, the
SECURITY_RESTRICTED_OPERATION restrictions do not apply.

On the downside, it allows any table owner to easily usurp
the privileges of the subscription owner - basically, to take
over their account. Because that's generally quite undesirable,
we don't make this mode the default, but we do make it available,
just in case the new behavior causes too many problems for someone.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZ-WEeG6Z14AfH7KhmpX2eFh+tZ0z+vf0=eMDdbda269g@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-04 12:03:03 -04:00
Robert Haas 1e10d49b65 Perform logical replication actions as the table owner.
Up until now, logical replication actions have been performed as the
subscription owner, who will generally be a superuser.  Commit
cec57b1a0f documented hazards
associated with that situation, namely, that any user who owns a
table on the subscriber side could assume the privileges of the
subscription owner by attaching a trigger, expression index, or
some other kind of executable code to it. As a remedy, it suggested
not creating configurations where users who are not fully trusted
own tables on the subscriber.

Although that will work, it basically precludes using logical
replication in the way that people typically want to use it,
namely, to replicate a database from one node to another
without necessarily having any restrictions on which database
users can own tables. So, instead, change logical replication to
execute INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, and TRUNCATE operations as the
table owner when they are replicated.

Since this involves switching the active user frequently within
a session that is authenticated as the subscription user, also
impose SECURITY_RESTRICTED_OPERATION restrictions on logical
replication code. As an exception, if the table owner can SET
ROLE to the subscription owner, these restrictions have no
security value, so don't impose them in that case.

Subscription owners are now required to have the ability to
SET ROLE to every role that owns a table that the subscription
is replicating. If they don't, replication will fail. Superusers,
who normally own subscriptions, satisfy this property by default.
Non-superusers users who own subscriptions will need to be
granted the roles that own relevant tables.

Patch by me, reviewed (but not necessarily in its entirety) by
Jelte Fennema, Jeff Davis, and Noah Misch.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaSCkg9ww9oppPqqs+9RVqCexYCE6Aq=UsYPfnOoDeFkw@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-04 11:25:23 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 71bfd1543f
Code review for recent SQL/JSON commits
- At the last minute and for no particularly good reason, I changed the
  WITHOUT token to be marked especially for lookahead, from the one in
  WITHOUT TIME to the one in WITHOUT UNIQUE.  Study of upcoming patches
  (where a new WITHOUT ARRAY WRAPPER clause is added) showed me that the
  former was better, so put it back the way the original patch had it.

- update exprTypmod() for JsonConstructorExpr to return the typmod of
  the RETURNING clause, as a comment there suggested.  Perhaps it's
  possible for this to make a difference with datetime types, but I
  didn't try to build a test case.

- The nodeFuncs.c support code for new nodes was calling walker()
  directly instead of the WALK() macro as introduced by commit 1c27d16e6e.
  Modernize that.  Also add exprLocation() support for a couple of nodes
  that missed it.  Lastly, reorder the code more sensibly.

The WITHOUT_LA -> WITHOUT change means that stored rules containing
either WITHOUT TIME ZONE or WITHOUT UNIQUE KEYS would change
representation.  Therefore, bump catversion.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230329181708.e64g2tpy7jyufqkr@alvherre.pgsql
2023-04-04 14:04:30 +02:00
Peter Geoghegan e48c817395 Recycle deleted nbtree pages more aggressively.
Commit 61b313e4 made nbtree consistently pass down a heaprel to low
level routines like _bt_getbuf().  Although this was primarily intended
as preparation for logical decoding on standbys, it also made it easy to
correct an old deficiency in how nbtree VACUUM determines whether or not
it's now safe to recycle deleted pages.

Pass the heaprel to GlobalVisTestFor() in nbtree routines that deal with
recycle safety.  nbtree now makes less pessimistic assumptions about
recycle safety within non-catalog relations.  This enhancement
complements the recycling enhancement added by commit 9dd963ae25.

nbtree remains just as pessimistic as ever when it comes to recycle
safety within indexes on catalog relations.  There is no fundamental
reason why we need to treat catalog relations differently, though.  The
behavioral inconsistency is a consequence of the way that nbtree uses
nextXID values to implement what Lanin and Shasha call "the drain
technique".  Note in particular that it has nothing to do with whether
or not index tuples might still be required for an older MVCC snapshot.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkaiDxCje0yPuH=3Uh2p1V_2pFGY==xfbZoZu7Ax_NB8g@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-03 11:31:43 -07:00
Peter Geoghegan a349b86603 Move heaprel struct field next to index rel field.
Commit 61b313e4 added a heaprel struct member to IndexVacuumInfo, but
placed it last.  Move the heaprel struct member next to the index struct
member to improve the code's readability.

Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznG=TV6S9d3VA=y0vBHbXwnLs9_LLdiML=aNJuHeriwxg@mail.gmail.com
2023-04-03 11:01:11 -07:00
Alexander Korotkov 2b65bf046d Revert 11470f544e
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230323003003.plgaxjqahjgkuxrk%40awork3.anarazel.de
2023-04-03 16:54:31 +03:00
Andres Freund 6af1793954 Add info in WAL records in preparation for logical slot conflict handling
This commit only implements one prerequisite part for allowing logical
decoding. The commit message contains an explanation of the overall design,
which later commits will refer back to.

Overall design:

1. We want to enable logical decoding on standbys, but replay of WAL
from the primary might remove data that is needed by logical decoding,
causing error(s) on the standby. To prevent those errors, a new replication
conflict scenario needs to be addressed (as much as hot standby does).

2. Our chosen strategy for dealing with this type of replication slot
is to invalidate logical slots for which needed data has been removed.

3. To do this we need the latestRemovedXid for each change, just as we
do for physical replication conflicts, but we also need to know
whether any particular change was to data that logical replication
might access. That way, during WAL replay, we know when there is a risk of
conflict and, if so, if there is a conflict.

4. We can't rely on the standby's relcache entries for this purpose in
any way, because the startup process can't access catalog contents.

5. Therefore every WAL record that potentially removes data from the
index or heap must carry a flag indicating whether or not it is one
that might be accessed during logical decoding.

Why do we need this for logical decoding on standby?

First, let's forget about logical decoding on standby and recall that
on a primary database, any catalog rows that may be needed by a logical
decoding replication slot are not removed.

This is done thanks to the catalog_xmin associated with the logical
replication slot.

But, with logical decoding on standby, in the following cases:

- hot_standby_feedback is off
- hot_standby_feedback is on but there is no a physical slot between
  the primary and the standby. Then, hot_standby_feedback will work,
  but only while the connection is alive (for example a node restart
  would break it)

Then, the primary may delete system catalog rows that could be needed
by the logical decoding on the standby (as it does not know about the
catalog_xmin on the standby).

So, it’s mandatory to identify those rows and invalidate the slots
that may need them if any. Identifying those rows is the purpose of
this commit.

Implementation:

When a WAL replay on standby indicates that a catalog table tuple is
to be deleted by an xid that is greater than a logical slot's
catalog_xmin, then that means the slot's catalog_xmin conflicts with
the xid, and we need to handle the conflict. While subsequent commits
will do the actual conflict handling, this commit adds a new field
isCatalogRel in such WAL records (and a new bit set in the
xl_heap_visible flags field), that is true for catalog tables, so as to
arrange for conflict handling.

The affected WAL records are the ones that already contain the
snapshotConflictHorizon field, namely:

- gistxlogDelete
- gistxlogPageReuse
- xl_hash_vacuum_one_page
- xl_heap_prune
- xl_heap_freeze_page
- xl_heap_visible
- xl_btree_reuse_page
- xl_btree_delete
- spgxlogVacuumRedirect

Due to this new field being added, xl_hash_vacuum_one_page and
gistxlogDelete do now contain the offsets to be deleted as a
FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER. This is needed to ensure correct alignment.
It's not needed on the others struct where isCatalogRel has
been added.

This commit just introduces the WAL format changes mentioned above. Handling
the actual conflicts will follow in future commits.

Bumps XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC as the several WAL records are changed.

Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (in an older version)
Author: Amit Khandekar <amitdkhan.pg@gmail.com>  (in an older version)
Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabrízio de Royes Mello <fabriziomello@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
2023-04-02 12:32:19 -07:00
Andres Freund 61b313e47e Pass down table relation into more index relation functions
This is done in preparation for logical decoding on standby, which needs to
include whether visibility affecting WAL records are about a (user) catalog
table. Which is only known for the table, not the indexes.

It's also nice to be able to pass the heap relation to GlobalVisTestFor() in
vacuumRedirectAndPlaceholder().

Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/21b700c3-eecf-2e05-a699-f8c78dd31ec7@gmail.com
2023-04-01 20:18:29 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera 6ee30209a6
SQL/JSON: support the IS JSON predicate
This patch introduces the SQL standard IS JSON predicate. It operates
on text and bytea values representing JSON, as well as on the json and
jsonb types. Each test has IS and IS NOT variants and supports a WITH
UNIQUE KEYS flag. The tests are:

IS JSON [VALUE]
IS JSON ARRAY
IS JSON OBJECT
IS JSON SCALAR

These should be self-explanatory.

The WITH UNIQUE KEYS flag makes these return false when duplicate keys
exist in any object within the value, not necessarily directly contained
in the outermost object.

Author: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Author: Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
Author: Oleg Bartunov <obartunov@gmail.com>
Author: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Author: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>

Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAF4Au4w2x-5LTnN_bxky-mq4=WOqsGsxSpENCzHRAzSnEd8+WQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220616233130.rparivafipt6doj3@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/abd9b83b-aa66-f230-3d6d-734817f0995d%40postgresql.org
2023-03-31 22:34:04 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera 9b058f6b0d
Move ExecEvalJsonConstructor new function to a more natural place
Commit 7081ac46ac put it at the end of the file, but that doesn't look
very nice.
2023-03-31 12:55:25 +02:00
Andres Freund f95c1cd6b2 Bump PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID, omitted in 8aaa04b32d
I forgot to do so in the referenced commit. While the consequences of omitting
the version change are likely to be harmless (besides discarding stats, as a
PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID bump also does), it still seems worth doing.
2023-03-30 19:48:01 -07:00
Andres Freund 8aaa04b32d Track shared buffer hits in pg_stat_io
Among other things, this should make it easier to calculate a useful cache hit
ratio by excluding buffer reads via buffer access strategies. As buffer access
strategies reuse buffers (and thus evict the prior buffer contents), it is
normal to see reads on repeated scans of the same data.

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_beMa9Hzih40%3DXPYqhDVz6tsgUGTrhZXRo%3Dunp%2Bszb%3DUA%40mail.gmail.com
2023-03-30 19:24:21 -07:00
Thomas Munro 11c2d6fdf5 Parallel Hash Full Join.
Full and right outer joins were not supported in the initial
implementation of Parallel Hash Join because of deadlock hazards (see
discussion).  Therefore FULL JOIN inhibited parallelism, as the other
join strategies can't do that in parallel either.

Add a new PHJ phase PHJ_BATCH_SCAN that scans for unmatched tuples on
the inner side of one batch's hash table.  For now, sidestep the
deadlock problem by terminating parallelism there.  The last process to
arrive at that phase emits the unmatched tuples, while others detach and
are free to go and work on other batches, if there are any, but
otherwise they finish the join early.

That unfairness is considered acceptable for now, because it's better
than no parallelism at all.  The build and probe phases are run in
parallel, and the new scan-for-unmatched phase, while serial, is usually
applied to the smaller of the two relations and is either limited by
some multiple of work_mem, or it's too big and is partitioned into
batches and then the situation is improved by batch-level parallelism.

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BA6ftXPz4oe92%2Bx8Er%2BxpGZqto70-Q_ERwRaSyA%3DafNg%40mail.gmail.com
2023-03-31 11:34:03 +13:00
Andres Freund ca7b3c4c00 pg_stat_wal: Accumulate time as instr_time instead of microseconds
In instr_time.h it is stated that:

* When summing multiple measurements, it's recommended to leave the
* running sum in instr_time form (ie, use INSTR_TIME_ADD or
* INSTR_TIME_ACCUM_DIFF) and convert to a result format only at the end.

The reason for that is that converting to microseconds is not cheap, and can
loose precision.  Therefore this commit changes 'PendingWalStats' to use
'instr_time' instead of 'PgStat_Counter' while accumulating 'wal_write_time'
and 'wal_sync_time'.

Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz <byavuz81@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1feedb83-7aa9-cb4b-5086-598349d3f555@gmail.com
2023-03-30 14:23:14 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera 60966f56c3
Fix inconsistencies and style issues in new SQL/JSON code
Reported by Alexander Lakhin.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/60483139-5c34-851d-baee-6c0d014e1710@gmail.com
2023-03-30 21:06:31 +02:00
Robert Haas c3afe8cf5a Add new predefined role pg_create_subscription.
This role can be granted to non-superusers to allow them to issue
CREATE SUBSCRIPTION. The non-superuser must additionally have CREATE
permissions on the database in which the subscription is to be
created.

Most forms of ALTER SUBSCRIPTION, including ALTER SUBSCRIPTION .. SKIP,
now require only that the role performing the operation own the
subscription, or inherit the privileges of the owner. However, to
use ALTER SUBSCRIPTION ... RENAME or ALTER SUBSCRIPTION ... OWNER TO,
you also need CREATE permission on the database. This is similar to
what we do for schemas. To change the owner of a schema, you must also
have permission to SET ROLE to the new owner, similar to what we do
for other object types.

Non-superusers are required to specify a password for authentication
and the remote side must use the password, similar to what is required
for postgres_fdw and dblink.  A superuser who wants a non-superuser to
own a subscription that does not rely on password authentication may
set the new password_required=false property on that subscription. A
non-superuser may not set password_required=false and may not modify a
subscription that already has password_required=false.

This new password_required subscription property works much like the
eponymous postgres_fdw property.  In both cases, the actual semantics
are that a password is not required if either (1) the property is set
to false or (2) the relevant user is the superuser.

Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund, Jeff Davis, Mark Dilger,
and Stephen Frost (but some of those people did not fully endorse
all of the decisions that the patch makes).

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaDH=0Xj7OBiQnsHTKcF2c4L+=gzPBUKSJLh8zed2_+Dg@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-30 11:37:19 -04:00
David Rowley 902ecd3bd4 Fix outdated comments regarding TupleTableSlots
The tts_flag is named TTS_FLAG_SHOULDFREE, so use that instead of
TTS_SHOULDFREE, which is the name of the macro that checks for that flag.

Additionally, 4da597edf got rid of the TupleTableSlot.tts_tuple field but
forgot to update a comment which referenced that field.  Fix that.

Reported-by: Zhen Mingyang <zhenmingyang@yeah.net>
Reported-by: Richard Guo <guofenglinux@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1a96696c.9d3.187193989c3.Coremail.zhenmingyang@yeah.net
2023-03-30 16:37:03 +13:00
Daniel Gustafsson 44d85ba5a3 Copy and store addrinfo in libpq-owned private memory
This refactors libpq to copy addrinfos returned by getaddrinfo to
memory owned by libpq such that future improvements can alter for
example the order of entries.

As a nice side effect of this refactor the mechanism for iteration
over addresses in PQconnectPoll is now identical to its iteration
over hosts.

Author: Jelte Fennema <postgres@jeltef.nl>
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Banck <mbanck@gmx.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin <amborodin86@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/PR3PR83MB04768E2FF04818EEB2179949F7A69@PR3PR83MB0476.EURPRD83.prod.outlook.com
2023-03-29 21:41:27 +02:00
Tom Lane 58c9600a9f Remove empty function BufmgrCommit().
This function has been a no-op for over a decade.  Even if bufmgr
regains a need to be called during commit, it seems unlikely that
the most appropriate call points would be precisely here, so it's not
doing us much good as a placeholder either.  Now, removing it probably
doesn't save any noticeable number of cycles --- but the main call is
inside the commit critical section, and the less work done there the
better.

Matthias van de Meent

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEze2Wi1=tLKbxZnXzcD+8fYKyKqBtivVakLQC_mYBsP4Y8qVA@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-29 09:13:57 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 7081ac46ac
SQL/JSON: add standard JSON constructor functions
This commit introduces the SQL/JSON standard-conforming constructors for
JSON types:

JSON_ARRAY()
JSON_ARRAYAGG()
JSON_OBJECT()
JSON_OBJECTAGG()

Most of the functionality was already present in PostgreSQL-specific
functions, but these include some new functionality such as the ability
to skip or include NULL values, and to allow duplicate keys or throw
error when they are found, as well as the standard specified syntax to
specify output type and format.

Author: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Author: Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
Author: Oleg Bartunov <obartunov@gmail.com>
Author: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>

Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAF4Au4w2x-5LTnN_bxky-mq4=WOqsGsxSpENCzHRAzSnEd8+WQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220616233130.rparivafipt6doj3@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/abd9b83b-aa66-f230-3d6d-734817f0995d%40postgresql.org
2023-03-29 12:11:36 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 563f21cda8 Move definition of standard collations from initdb to pg_collation.dat
The standard collations "ucs_basic" and "unicode" were defined in
initdb, even though pg_collation.dat seems like the correct place for
them.  It seems this was just forgotten during various reorganizations
of initdb and pg_collation.dat/.h over time.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/08b58ecd-0d50-9395-ed51-dc8294e3fd2b%40enterprisedb.com
2023-03-29 09:45:21 +02:00
Amit Kapila 062a844424 Avoid syncing data twice for the 'publish_via_partition_root' option.
When there are multiple publications for a subscription and one of those
publishes via the parent table by using publish_via_partition_root and the
other one directly publishes the child table, we end up copying the same
data twice during initial synchronization. The reason for this was that we
get both the parent and child tables from the publisher and try to copy
the data for both of them.

This patch extends the function pg_get_publication_tables() to take a
publication list as its input parameter. This allows us to exclude a
partition table whose ancestor is published by the same publication list.

This problem does exist in back-branches but we decide to fix it there in
a separate commit if required. The fix for back-branches requires quite
complicated changes to fetch the required table information from the
publisher as we can't update the function pg_get_publication_tables() in
back-branches. We are not sure whether we want to deviate and complicate
the code in back-branches for this problem as there are no field reports
yet.

Author: Wang wei
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Jacob Champion, Kuroda Hayato, Vignesh C, Osumi Takamichi, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB57167F45D481F78CDC5986F794B99@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2023-03-29 10:46:58 +05:30
Jeff Davis 1671f990dd Validate ICU locales.
For ICU collations, ensure that the locale's language exists in ICU,
and that the locale can be opened.

Basic validation helps avoid minor mistakes and misspellings, which
often fall back to the root locale instead of the intended
locale. It's even more important to avoid such mistakes in ICU
versions 54 and earlier, where the same (misspelled) locale string
could fall back to different locales depending on the environment.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11b1eeb7e7667fdd4178497aeb796c48d26e69b9.camel@j-davis.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/df2efad0cae7c65180df8e5ebb709e5eb4f2a82b.camel@j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
2023-03-28 16:34:29 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut 90189eefc1 Save a few bytes in pg_attribute
Change the columns attndims, attstattarget, and attinhcount from int32
to int16, and reorder a bit.  This saves some space (currently 4
bytes) in pg_attribute and tuple descriptors, which translates into
small performance benefits and/or room for new columns in pg_attribute
needed by future features.

attndims and attinhcount are never realistically used with values
larger than int16.  Just to be sure, add some overflow checks.
attstattarget is currently limited explicitly to 10000.

For consistency, pg_constraint.coninhcount is also changed like
attinhcount.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/d07ffc2b-e0e8-77f7-38fb-be921dff71af%40enterprisedb.com
2023-03-28 10:05:56 +02:00
Daniel Gustafsson b577743000 Make SCRAM iteration count configurable
Replace the hardcoded value with a GUC such that the iteration
count can be raised in order to increase protection against
brute-force attacks.  The hardcoded value for SCRAM iteration
count was defined to be 4096, which is taken from RFC 7677, so
set the default for the GUC to 4096 to match.  In RFC 7677 the
recommendation is at least 15000 iterations but 4096 is listed
as a SHOULD requirement given that it's estimated to yield a
0.5s processing time on a mobile handset of the time of RFC
writing (late 2015).

Raising the iteration count of SCRAM will make stored passwords
more resilient to brute-force attacks at a higher computational
cost during connection establishment.  Lowering the count will
reduce computational overhead during connections at the tradeoff
of reducing strength against brute-force attacks.

There are however platforms where even a modest iteration count
yields a too high computational overhead, with weaker password
encryption schemes chosen as a result.  In these situations,
SCRAM with a very low iteration count still gives benefits over
weaker schemes like md5, so we allow the iteration count to be
set to one at the low end.

The new GUC is intentionally generically named such that it can
be made to support future SCRAM standards should they emerge.
At that point the value can be made into key:value pairs with
an undefined key as a default which will be backwards compatible
with this.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Jonathan S. Katz <jkatz@postgresql.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/F72E7BC7-189F-4B17-BF47-9735EB72C364@yesql.se
2023-03-27 09:46:29 +02:00
Daniel Gustafsson d435f15fff Add SysCacheGetAttrNotNull for guaranteed not-null attrs
When extracting an attr from a cached tuple in the syscache with
SysCacheGetAttr the isnull parameter must be checked in case the
attr cannot be NULL.  For cases when this is known beforehand, a
wrapper is introduced which perform the errorhandling internally
on behalf of the caller, invoking an elog in case of a NULL attr.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AD76405E-DB45-46B6-941F-17B1EB3A9076@yesql.se
2023-03-25 22:49:33 +01:00
Tom Lane 27f5c712b2 Fix CREATE INDEX progress reporting for multi-level partitioning.
The "partitions_total" and "partitions_done" fields were updated
as though the current level of partitioning was the only one.
In multi-level cases, not only could partitions_total change
over the course of the command, but partitions_done could go
backwards or exceed the currently-reported partitions_total.

Fix by setting partitions_total to the total number of direct
and indirect children once at command start, and then just
incrementing partitions_done at appropriate points.  Invent
a new progress monitoring function "pgstat_progress_incr_param"
to simplify doing the latter.  We can avoid adding cost for the
former when doing CREATE INDEX, because ProcessUtility already
enumerates the children and it's pretty easy to pass the count
down to DefineIndex.  In principle the same could be done in
ALTER TABLE, but that's structurally difficult; for now, just
eat the cost of an extra find_all_inheritors scan in that case.

Ilya Gladyshev and Justin Pryzby

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a15f904a70924ffa4ca25c3c744cff31e0e6e143.camel@gmail.com
2023-03-25 15:34:03 -04:00
Tom Lane 3c05284d83 Invent GENERIC_PLAN option for EXPLAIN.
This provides a very simple way to see the generic plan for a
parameterized query.  Without this, it's necessary to define
a prepared statement and temporarily change plan_cache_mode,
which is a bit tedious.

One thing that's a bit of a hack perhaps is that we disable
execution-time partition pruning when the GENERIC_PLAN option
is given.  That's because the pruning code may attempt to
fetch the value of one of the parameters, which would fail.

Laurenz Albe, reviewed by Julien Rouhaud, Christoph Berg,
Michel Pelletier, Jim Jones, and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0a29b954b10b57f0d135fe12aa0909bd41883eb0.camel@cybertec.at
2023-03-24 17:07:22 -04:00
Michael Paquier 36f40ce2dc libpq: Add sslcertmode option to control client certificates
The sslcertmode option controls whether the server is allowed and/or
required to request a certificate from the client.  There are three
modes:
- "allow" is the default and follows the current behavior, where a
configured client certificate is sent if the server requests one
(via one of its default locations or sslcert).  With the current
implementation, will happen whenever TLS is negotiated.
- "disable" causes the client to refuse to send a client certificate
even if sslcert is configured or if a client certificate is available in
one of its default locations.
- "require" causes the client to fail if a client certificate is never
sent and the server opens a connection anyway.  This doesn't add any
additional security, since there is no guarantee that the server is
validating the certificate correctly, but it may helpful to troubleshoot
more complicated TLS setups.

sslcertmode=require requires SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb(), available since
OpenSSL 1.0.2.  Note that LibreSSL does not include it.

Using a connection parameter different than require_auth has come up as
the simplest design because certificate authentication does not rely
directly on any of the AUTH_REQ_* codes, and one may want to require a
certificate to be sent in combination of a given authentication method,
like SCRAM-SHA-256.

TAP tests are added in src/test/ssl/, some of them relying on sslinfo to
check if a certificate has been set.  These are compatible across all
the versions of OpenSSL supported on HEAD (currently down to 1.0.1).

Author: Jacob Champion
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Peter Eisentraut, David G. Johnston,
Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9e5a8ccddb8355ea9fa4b75a1e3a9edc88a70cd3.camel@vmware.com
2023-03-24 13:34:26 +09:00
Michael Paquier 8089517ab8 Rename fields in pgstat structures for functions and relations
This commit renames the members of a few pgstat structures related to
functions and relations, by respectively removing their prefix "f_" and
"t_".  The statistics for functions and relations and handled in their
own file, and pgstatfuncs.c associates each field in a structure
variable named based on the object type handled, so no information is
lost with this rename.

This will help with some of the refactoring aimed for pgstatfuncs.c, as
this makes more consistent the field names with the SQL functions
retrieving them.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9142f62a-a422-145c-bde0-b5bc498a4ada@gmail.com
2023-03-24 08:46:29 +09:00
Peter Geoghegan ae4fdde135 Count updates that move row to a new page.
Add pgstat counter to track row updates that result in the successor
version going to a new heap page, leaving behind an original version
whose t_ctid points to the new version.  The current count is shown by
the n_tup_newpage_upd column of each of the pg_stat_*_tables views.

The new n_tup_newpage_upd column complements the existing n_tup_hot_upd
and n_tup_upd columns.  Tables that have high n_tup_newpage_upd values
(relative to n_tup_upd) are good candidates for tuning heap fillfactor.

Corey Huinker, with small tweaks by me.

Author: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADkLM=ded21M9iZ36hHm-vj2rE2d=zcKpUQMds__Xm2pxLfHKA@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-23 11:16:17 -07:00
Thomas Munro 8fba928fd7 Improve the naming of Parallel Hash Join phases.
* Commit 3048898e dropped -ING from PHJ wait event names.  Update the
  corresponding barrier phases names to match.

* Rename the "DONE" phases to "FREE".  That's symmetrical with
  "ALLOCATE", and names the activity that actually happens in that phase
  (as we do for the other phases) rather than a state.  The bug fixed by
  commit 8d578b9b might have been more obvious with this name.

* Rename the batch/bucket growth barriers' "ALLOCATE" phases to
  "REALLOCATE", a better description of what they do.

* Update the high level comments about phases to highlight phases
  are executed by a single process with an asterisk (mostly memory
  management phases).

No behavior change, as this is just improving internal identifiers.  The
only user-visible sign of this is that a couple of wait events' display
names change from "...Allocate" to "...Reallocate" in pg_stat_activity,
to stay in sync with the internal names.

Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BMDpwF2Eo2LAvzd%3DpOh81wUTsrwU1uAwR-v6OGBB6%2B7g%40mail.gmail.com
2023-03-23 13:14:25 +13:00
Alexander Korotkov 11470f544e Allow locking updated tuples in tuple_update() and tuple_delete()
Currently, in read committed transaction isolation mode (default), we have the
following sequence of actions when tuple_update()/tuple_delete() finds
the tuple updated by concurrent transaction.

1. Attempt to update/delete tuple with tuple_update()/tuple_delete(), which
   returns TM_Updated.
2. Lock tuple with tuple_lock().
3. Re-evaluate plan qual (recheck if we still need to update/delete and
   calculate the new tuple for update).
4. Second attempt to update/delete tuple with tuple_update()/tuple_delete().
   This attempt should be successful, since the tuple was previously locked.

This patch eliminates step 2 by taking the lock during first
tuple_update()/tuple_delete() call.  Heap table access method saves some
efforts by checking the updated tuple once instead of twice.  Future
undo-based table access methods, which will start from the latest row version,
can immediately place a lock there.

The code in nodeModifyTable.c is simplified by removing the nested switch/case.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdua-YFw3XTprfutzGp28xXLigFtzNbuFY8yPhqeq6X5kg%40mail.gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Pavel Borisov, Vignesh C, Mason Sharp
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Chris Travers
2023-03-23 00:26:59 +03:00
Tom Lane b0d8f2d983 Add SHELL_ERROR and SHELL_EXIT_CODE magic variables to psql.
These are set after a \! command or a backtick substitution.
SHELL_ERROR is just "true" for error (nonzero exit status) or "false"
for success, while SHELL_EXIT_CODE records the actual exit status
following standard shell/system(3) conventions.

Corey Huinker, reviewed by Maxim Orlov and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADkLM=cWao2x2f+UDw15W1JkVFr_bsxfstw=NGea7r9m4j-7rQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-21 13:03:56 -04:00
Thomas Munro 8d578b9b2e Fix race in parallel hash join batch cleanup, take II.
With unlucky timing and parallel_leader_participation=off (not the
default), PHJ could attempt to access per-batch shared state just as it
was being freed.  There was code intended to prevent that by checking
for a cleared pointer, but it was racy.  Fix, by introducing an extra
barrier phase.  The new phase PHJ_BUILD_RUNNING means that it's safe to
access the per-batch state to find a batch to help with, and
PHJ_BUILD_DONE means that it is too late.  The last to detach will free
the array of per-batch state as before, but now it will also atomically
advance the phase, so that late attachers can avoid the hazard.  This
mirrors the way per-batch hash tables are freed (see phases
PHJ_BATCH_PROBING and PHJ_BATCH_DONE).

An earlier attempt to fix this (commit 3b8981b6, later reverted) missed
one special case.  When the inner side is empty (the "empty inner
optimization), the build barrier would only make it to
PHJ_BUILD_HASHING_INNER phase before workers attempted to detach from
the hashtable.  In that case, fast-forward the build barrier to
PHJ_BUILD_RUNNING before proceeding, so that our later assertions hold
and we can still negotiate who is cleaning up.

Revealed by build farm failures, where BarrierAttach() failed a sanity
check assertion, because the memory had been clobbered by dsa_free().
In non-assert builds, the result could be a segmentation fault.

Back-patch to all supported releases.

Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reported-by: David Geier <geidav.pg@gmail.com>
Tested-by: David Geier <geidav.pg@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200929061142.GA29096%40paquier.xyz
2023-03-21 14:29:34 +13:00
Tomas Vondra 19d8e2308b Ignore BRIN indexes when checking for HOT updates
When determining whether an index update may be skipped by using HOT, we
can ignore attributes indexed by block summarizing indexes without
references to individual tuples that need to be cleaned up.

A new type TU_UpdateIndexes provides a signal to the executor to
determine which indexes to update - no indexes, all indexes, or only the
summarizing indexes.

This also removes rd_indexattr list, and replaces it with rd_attrsvalid
flag. The list was not used anywhere, and a simple flag is sufficient.

This was originally committed as 5753d4ee32, but then got reverted by
e3fcca0d0d because of correctness issues.

Original patch by Josef Simanek, various fixes and improvements by Tomas
Vondra and me.

Authors: Matthias van de Meent, Josef Simanek, Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/05ebcb44-f383-86e3-4f31-0a97a55634cf@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFp7QwpMRGcDAQumN7onN9HjrJ3u4X3ZRXdGFT0K5G2JWvnbWg%40mail.gmail.com
2023-03-20 11:02:42 +01:00
Tom Lane 75bd846b68 Add functions to do timestamptz arithmetic in a non-default timezone.
Add versions of timestamptz + interval, timestamptz - interval, and
generate_series(timestamptz, ...) in which a timezone can be specified
explicitly instead of defaulting to the TimeZone GUC setting.

The new functions for the first two are named date_add and
date_subtract.  This might seem too generic, but we could use
overloading to add additional variants if that seems useful.

Along the way, improve the docs' pretty inadequate explanation
of how timestamptz +- interval works.

Przemysław Sztoch and Gurjeet Singh; cosmetic changes and most of
the docs work by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/01a84551-48dd-1359-bf7e-f6b0203a6bd0@sztoch.pl
2023-03-18 14:12:16 -04:00
Michael Paquier 0e681cf039 Add files related to query jumbling in src/include/nodes/ for meson
This caused ninja clean to not remove the two files generated by
gen_node_support.pl for the query jumbling, for example:
queryjumblefuncs.funcs.c and queryjumblefuncs.switch.c.

Reported-by: Pavel Stehule
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRBFiWVRyGYSPziyFuXJbHirNmfWwzbfTyCf8YOdiwK74w@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-18 18:04:04 +09:00
Tom Lane 3e59e5048d Refactor datetime functions' timezone lookup code to reduce duplication.
We already had five copies of essentially the same logic, and an
upcoming patch introduces yet another use-case.  That's past my
threshold of pain, so introduce a common subroutine.  There's not
that much net code savings, but the chance of typos should go down.

Inspired by a patch from Przemysław Sztoch, but different in detail.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/01a84551-48dd-1359-bf7e-f6b0203a6bd0@sztoch.pl
2023-03-17 17:47:19 -04:00
Jeff Davis f413941f41 Fix t_isspace(), etc., when datlocprovider=i and datctype=C.
Check whether the datctype is C to determine whether t_isspace() and
related functions use isspace() or iswspace().

Previously, t_isspace() checked whether the database default collation
was C; which is incorrect when the default collation uses the ICU
provider.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/79e4354d9eccfdb00483146a6b9f6295202e7890.camel@j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Backpatch-through: 15
2023-03-17 12:08:46 -07:00
Amit Kapila e709596b25 Add macros for ReorderBufferTXN toptxn.
Currently, there are quite a few places in reorderbuffer.c that tries to
access top-transaction for a subtransaction. This makes the code to access
top-transaction consistent and easier to follow.

Author: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Vignesh C, Sawada Masahiko
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PuCznOyTqBQwjRUu-ibG-=KHyCv-0FTcWQtZUdR88umfg@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-17 08:29:41 +05:30
Michael Paquier 98ae2c84a4 libpq: Remove code for SCM credential authentication
Support for SCM credential authentication has been removed in the
backend in 9.1, and libpq has kept some code to handle it for
compatibility.

Commit be4585b, that did the cleanup of the backend code, has done
so because the code was not really portable originally.  And, as there
are likely little chances that this is used these days, this removes the
remaining code from libpq.  An error will now be raised by libpq if
attempting to connect to a server that returns AUTH_REQ_SCM_CREDS,
instead.

References to SCM credential authentication are removed from the
protocol documentation.  This removes some meson and configure checks.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZBLH8a4otfqgd6Kn@paquier.xyz
2023-03-17 10:52:26 +09:00
Michael Paquier e731aeac89 Remove PgStat_BackendFunctionEntry
This structure included only PgStat_FunctionCounts, and removing it
facilitates some upcoming refactoring for pgstatfuncs.c to use more
macros rather that mostly-duplicated functions.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11d531fe-52fc-c6ea-7e8e-62f1b6ec626e@gmail.com
2023-03-16 14:22:34 +09:00
Tom Lane 483bdb2afe Support [NO] INDENT option in XMLSERIALIZE().
This adds the ability to pretty-print XML documents ... according to
libxml's somewhat idiosyncratic notions of what's pretty, anyway.
One notable divergence from a strict reading of the spec is that
libxml is willing to collapse empty nodes "<node></node>" to just
"<node/>", whereas SQL and the underlying XML spec say that this
option should only result in whitespace tweaks.  Nonetheless,
it seems close enough to justify using the SQL-standard syntax.

Jim Jones, reviewed by Peter Smith and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2f5df461-dad8-6d7d-4568-08e10608a69b@uni-muenster.de
2023-03-15 16:59:09 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan 419a8dd814 Add a hook for modifying the ldapbind password
The hook can be installed by a shared_preload library.

A similar mechanism could be used for radius paswords, for example, and
the type name auth_password_hook_typ has been shosen with that in mind.

John Naylor and Andrew Dunstan

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/469b06ed-69de-ba59-c13a-91d2372e52a9@dunslane.net
2023-03-15 16:37:28 -04:00
Amit Kapila 89e46da5e5 Allow the use of indexes other than PK and REPLICA IDENTITY on the subscriber.
Using REPLICA IDENTITY FULL on the publisher can lead to a full table scan
per tuple change on the subscription when REPLICA IDENTITY or PK index is
not available. This makes REPLICA IDENTITY FULL impractical to use apart
from some small number of use cases.

This patch allows using indexes other than PRIMARY KEY or REPLICA
IDENTITY on the subscriber during apply of update/delete. The index that
can be used must be a btree index, not a partial index, and it must have
at least one column reference (i.e. cannot consist of only expressions).
We can uplift these restrictions in the future. There is no smart
mechanism to pick the index. If there is more than one index that
satisfies these requirements, we just pick the first one. We discussed
using some of the optimizer's low-level APIs for this but ruled it out
as that can be a maintenance burden in the long run.

This patch improves the performance in the vast majority of cases and the
improvement is proportional to the amount of data in the table. However,
there could be some regression in a small number of cases where the indexes
have a lot of duplicate and dead rows. It was discussed that those are
mostly impractical cases but we can provide a table or subscription level
option to disable this feature if required.

Author: Onder Kalaci, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Shi yu, Hou Zhijie, Vignesh C, Kuroda Hayato, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACawEhVLqmAAyPXdHEPv1ssU2c=dqOniiGz7G73HfyS7+nGV4w@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-15 08:49:04 +05:30
Dean Rasheed d5d574146d Add support for the error functions erf() and erfc().
Expose the standard error functions as SQL-callable functions. These
are expected to be useful to people working with normal distributions,
and we use them here to test the distribution from random_normal().

Since these functions are defined in the POSIX and C99 standards, they
should in theory be available on all supported platforms. If that
turns out not to be the case, more work will be needed.

On all platforms tested so far, using extra_float_digits = -1 in the
regression tests is sufficient to allow for variations between
implementations. However, past experience has shown that there are
almost certainly going to be additional unexpected portability issues,
so these tests may well need further adjustments, based on the
buildfarm results.

Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Nathan Bossart and Thomas Munro.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCXv5fi7+Vu-POiyai+ucF95+YMcCMafxV+eZuN1B-=MkQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-14 09:17:36 +00:00
Michael Paquier 3a465cc678 libpq: Add support for require_auth to control authorized auth methods
The new connection parameter require_auth allows a libpq client to
define a list of comma-separated acceptable authentication types for use
with the server.  There is no negotiation: if the server does not
present one of the allowed authentication requests, the connection
attempt done by the client fails.

The following keywords can be defined in the list:
- password, for AUTH_REQ_PASSWORD.
- md5, for AUTH_REQ_MD5.
- gss, for AUTH_REQ_GSS[_CONT].
- sspi, for AUTH_REQ_SSPI and AUTH_REQ_GSS_CONT.
- scram-sha-256, for AUTH_REQ_SASL[_CONT|_FIN].
- creds, for AUTH_REQ_SCM_CREDS (perhaps this should be removed entirely
now).
- none, to control unauthenticated connections.

All the methods that can be defined in the list can be negated, like
"!password", in which case the server must NOT use the listed
authentication type.  The special method "none" allows/disallows the use
of unauthenticated connections (but it does not govern transport-level
authentication via TLS or GSSAPI).

Internally, the patch logic is tied to check_expected_areq(), that was
used for channel_binding, ensuring that an incoming request is
compatible with conn->require_auth.  It also introduces a new flag,
conn->client_finished_auth, which is set by various authentication
routines when the client side of the handshake is finished.  This
signals to check_expected_areq() that an AUTH_REQ_OK from the server is
expected, and allows the client to complain if the server bypasses
authentication entirely, with for example the reception of a too-early
AUTH_REQ_OK message.

Regression tests are added in authentication TAP tests for all the
keywords supported (except "creds", because it is around only for
compatibility reasons).  A new TAP script has been added for SSPI, as
there was no script dedicated to it yet.  It relies on SSPI being the
default authentication method on Windows, as set by pg_regress.

Author: Jacob Champion
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, David G. Johnston, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9e5a8ccddb8355ea9fa4b75a1e3a9edc88a70cd3.camel@vmware.com
2023-03-14 14:00:05 +09:00
Andrew Dunstan 9f8377f7a2 Add a DEFAULT option to COPY FROM
This allows for a string which if an input field matches causes the
column's default value to be inserted. The advantage of this is that
the default can be inserted in some rows and not others, for which
non-default data is available.

The file_fdw extension is also modified to take allow use of this
option.

Israel Barth Rubio

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAO_rXXAcqesk6DsvioOZ5zmeEmpUN5ktZf-9=9yu+DTr0Xr8Uw@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-13 10:01:56 -04:00
Dean Rasheed 9321c79c86 Fix concurrent update issues with MERGE.
If MERGE attempts an UPDATE or DELETE on a table with BEFORE ROW
triggers, or a cross-partition UPDATE (with or without triggers), and
a concurrent UPDATE or DELETE happens, the merge code would fail.

In some cases this would lead to a crash, while in others it would
cause the wrong merge action to be executed, or no action at all. The
immediate cause of the crash was the trigger code calling
ExecGetUpdateNewTuple() as part of the EPQ mechanism, which fails
because during a merge ri_projectNew is NULL, since merge has its own
per-action projection information, which ExecGetUpdateNewTuple() knows
nothing about.

Fix by arranging for the trigger code to exit early, returning the
TM_Result and TM_FailureData information, if a concurrent modification
is detected, allowing the merge code to do the necessary EPQ handling
in its own way. Similarly, prevent the cross-partition update code
from doing any EPQ processing for a merge, allowing the merge code to
work out what it needs to do.

This leads to a number of simplifications in nodeModifyTable.c. Most
notably, the ModifyTableContext->GetUpdateNewTuple() callback is no
longer needed, and mergeGetUpdateNewTuple() can be deleted, since
there is no longer any requirement for get-update-new-tuple during a
merge. Similarly, ModifyTableContext->cpUpdateRetrySlot is no longer
needed. Thus ExecGetUpdateNewTuple() and the retry_slot handling of
ExecCrossPartitionUpdate() can be restored to how they were in v14,
before the merge code was added, and ExecMergeMatched() no longer
needs any special-case handling for cross-partition updates.

While at it, tidy up ExecUpdateEpilogue() a bit, making it handle
recheckIndexes locally, rather than passing it in as a parameter,
ensuring that it is freed properly. This dates back to when it was
split off from ExecUpdate() to support merge.

Per bug #17809 from Alexander Lakhin, and follow-up investigation of
bug #17792, also from Alexander Lakhin.

Back-patch to v15, where MERGE was introduced, taking care to preserve
backwards-compatibility of the trigger API in v15 for any extensions
that might use it.

Discussion:
  https://postgr.es/m/17809-9e6650bef133f0fe%40postgresql.org
  https://postgr.es/m/17792-0f89452029662c36%40postgresql.org
2023-03-13 10:22:22 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut d72900bded Improve support for UNICODE collation on older ICU
The recently added standard collation UNICODE (0d21d4b9bc) doesn't
give consistent results on some build farm members with old ICU
versions.  Apparently, the ICU locale specification 'und' (language
tag style) misbehaves on some older ICU versions.  Replacing it with
'' (ICU locale ID style) fixes it at least on some OS versions.  Let's
see what the build farm says.
2023-03-13 09:08:58 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 0d21d4b9bc Add standard collation UNICODE
This adds a new predefined collation named UNICODE, which sorts by the
default Unicode collation algorithm specifications, per SQL standard.

This only works if ICU support is built.

Reviewed-by: Jeff Davis <pgsql@j-davis.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1293e382-2093-a2bf-a397-c04e8f83d3c2@enterprisedb.com
2023-03-10 13:35:43 +01:00
Michael Paquier 6ad5793a49 Include headers of archive/ in installation
These new headers have been recently added in 35739b8, but they were not
installed.  Sravan has provided the patch for configure/make, while I
have fixed the meson part.

Author: Sravan Kumar, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+=NbjguiQy-MbVqfQ-jQ=2Fcmx3Zs36OkKb-vjt28jMTG0OOg@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-10 20:08:10 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut 30a53b7929 Allow tailoring of ICU locales with custom rules
This exposes the ICU facility to add custom collation rules to a
standard collation.

New options are added to CREATE COLLATION, CREATE DATABASE, createdb,
and initdb to set the rules.

Reviewed-by: Laurenz Albe <laurenz.albe@cybertec.at>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Verite <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/821c71a4-6ef0-d366-9acf-bb8e367f739f@enterprisedb.com
2023-03-08 16:56:37 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 822e8e2951 Update comment
There was apparently an attempt here to list all the object types that
ACL_USAGE applies to, but it wasn't complete.  So instead of trying to
keep up, put in a more timeless comment.
2023-03-08 14:22:06 +01:00
Michael Paquier a4e003338d Refine query jumbling handling for CallStmt
Previously, all the nodes of CallStmt were included in the jumbling,
causing a duplicate in the computation as the transformed state of the
CALL query was included as well as the parsed state (transformed
FuncCall with all the input arguments and potential output arguments).

Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y+MRdEq9W9XVa2AB@paquier.xyz
2023-03-08 14:38:35 +09:00
Michael Paquier d69cd3a2e2 Ignore IntoClause.viewQuery in query jumbling
IntoClause.viewQuery is a copy of the parsed-but-not-rewritten SELECT
clause copied to IntoClause when transforming CreateTableAsStmt for a
materialized view.  Including a second copy of the SELECT Query into the
query jumbling was leading to an incorrect numbering of the Const node
locations, as these would be counted twice instead of once.

This becomes visible once the query normalization is applied to CREATE
MATERIALIZED VIEW in pg_stat_statements in the shape of a query string
using only odd numbers for the normalized constants, (regression tests
added in pg_stat_statements as of de2aca2 would show the difference).
Including the original Query from CreateTableAsStmt is enough for the
query jumbling.

Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y+MRdEq9W9XVa2AB@paquier.xyz
2023-03-08 11:41:52 +09:00
Michael Paquier e20b1ea157 Make get_extension_schema() available
This routine is able to retrieve the OID of the schema used with an
extension (pg_extension.extnamespace), or InvalidOid if this information
is not available.  plpgsql_check embeds a copy of this code when
performing checks on functions, as one out-of-core example.

Author: Pavel Stehule
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRD+9x55hjDoi285jCcjPc8uuY_D+FLn5RpXggdz+4O2sQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-03-07 14:18:20 +09:00
Tom Lane 7fee7871b4 Fix some more cases of missed GENERATED-column updates.
If UPDATE is forced to retry after an EvalPlanQual check, it neglected
to repeat GENERATED-column computations, even though those might well
have changed since we're dealing with a different tuple than before.
Fixing this is mostly a matter of looping back a bit further when
we retry.  In v15 and HEAD that's most easily done by altering the API
of ExecUpdateAct so that it includes computing GENERATED expressions.

Also, if an UPDATE in a partitioned table turns into a cross-partition
INSERT operation, we failed to recompute GENERATED columns.  That's a
bug since 8bf6ec3ba allowed partitions to have different generation
expressions; although it seems to have no ill effects before that.
Fixing this is messier because we can now have situations where the same
query needs both the UPDATE-aligned set of GENERATED columns and the
INSERT-aligned set, and it's unclear which set will be generated first
(else we could hack things by forcing the INSERT-aligned set to be
generated, which is indeed how fe9e658f4 made it work for MERGE).
The best fix seems to be to build and store separate sets of expressions
for the INSERT and UPDATE cases.  That would create ABI issues in the
back branches, but so far it seems we can leave this alone in the back
branches.

Per bug #17823 from Hisahiro Kauchi.  The first part of this affects all
branches back to v12 where GENERATED columns were added.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17823-b64909cf7d63de84@postgresql.org
2023-03-06 18:31:27 -05:00
Tom Lane b803b7d132 Fill EState.es_rteperminfos more systematically.
While testing a fix for bug #17823, I discovered that EvalPlanQualStart
failed to copy es_rteperminfos from the parent EState, resulting in
failure if anything in EPQ execution wanted to consult that information.

This led me to conclude that commit a61b1f748 had been too haphazard
about where to fill es_rteperminfos, and that we need to be sure that
that happens exactly where es_range_table gets filled.  So I changed the
signature of ExecInitRangeTable to help ensure that this new requirement
doesn't get missed.  (Indeed, pgoutput.c was also failing to fill it.
Maybe we don't ever need it there, but I wouldn't bet on that.)

No test case yet; one will arrive with the fix for #17823.
But that needs to be back-patched, while this fix is HEAD-only.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17823-b64909cf7d63de84@postgresql.org
2023-03-06 13:10:57 -05:00
Michael Paquier 4211fbd841 Add PROCESS_MAIN to VACUUM
Disabling this option is useful to run VACUUM (with or without FULL) on
only the toast table of a relation, bypassing the main relation.  This
option is enabled by default.

Running directly VACUUM on a toast table was already possible without
this feature, by using the non-deterministic name of a toast relation
(as of pg_toast.pg_toast_N, where N would be the OID of the parent
relation) in the VACUUM command, and it required a scan of pg_class to
know the name of the toast table.  So this feature is basically a
shortcut to be able to run VACUUM or VACUUM FULL on a toast relation,
using only the name of the parent relation.

A new switch called --no-process-main is added to vacuumdb, to work as
an equivalent of PROCESS_MAIN.

Regression tests are added to cover VACUUM and VACUUM FULL, looking at
pg_stat_all_tables.vacuum_count to see how many vacuums have run on
each table, main or toast.

Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221230000028.GA435655@nathanxps13
2023-03-06 16:41:05 +09:00
Michael Paquier ce340e530d Revise pg_pwrite_zeros()
The following changes are made to pg_write_zeros(), the API able to
write series of zeros using vectored I/O:
- Add of an "offset" parameter, to write the size from this position
(the 'p' of "pwrite" seems to mean position, though POSIX does not
outline ythat directly), hence the name of the routine is incorrect if
it is not able to handle offsets.
- Avoid memset() of "zbuffer" on every call.
- Avoid initialization of the whole IOV array if not needed.
- Group the trailing write() call with the main write() call,
simplifying the function logic.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230215005525.mrrlmqrxzjzhaipl@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-03-06 13:21:33 +09:00
Tom Lane 6949b921d5 Avoid failure when altering state of partitioned foreign-key triggers.
Beginning in v15, if you apply ALTER TABLE ENABLE/DISABLE TRIGGER to
a partitioned table, it also affects the partitions' cloned versions
of the affected trigger(s).  The initial implementation of this
located the clones by name, but that fails on foreign-key triggers
which have names incorporating their own OIDs.  We can fix that, and
also make the behavior more bulletproof in the face of user-initiated
trigger renames, by identifying the cloned triggers by tgparentid.

Following the lead of earlier commits in this area, I took care not
to break ABI in the v15 branch, even though I rather doubt there
are any external callers of EnableDisableTrigger.

While here, update the documentation, which was not touched when
the semantics were changed.

Per bug #17817 from Alan Hodgson.  Back-patch to v15; older versions
do not have this behavior.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17817-31dfb7c2100d9f3d@postgresql.org
2023-03-04 13:32:35 -05:00
Robert Haas ebd551f586 Update some incorrect comments about xlog records.
The comments claim that certain pieces of data are part of the main
WAL record data when in reality they are part of the data for
block 0. Repair.

Bertrand Drouvot, reviewed by Amit Kapila. Originally reported by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/80db7836-4415-d54a-64c3-66b88b1430e7@gmail.com
2023-03-03 12:52:04 -05:00
Thomas Munro 1da569ca1f Don't leak descriptors into subprograms.
Open long-lived data and WAL file descriptors with O_CLOEXEC.  This flag
was introduced by SUSv4 (POSIX.1-2008), and by now all of our target
Unix systems have it.  Our open() implementation for Windows already had
that behavior, so provide a dummy O_CLOEXEC flag on that platform.

For now, callers of open() and the "thin" wrappers in fd.c that deal in
raw descriptors need to pass in O_CLOEXEC explicitly if desired.  This
commit does that for WAL files, and automatically for everything
accessed via VFDs including SMgrRelation and BufFile.  (With more
discussion we might decide to turn it on automatically for the thin
open()-wrappers too to avoid risk of missing places that need it, but
these are typically used for short-lived descriptors where we don't
expect to fork/exec, and it's remotely possible that extensions could be
using these APIs and passing descriptors to subprograms deliberately, so
that hasn't been done here.)

Do the same for sockets and the postmaster pipe with FD_CLOEXEC.  (Later
commits might use modern interfaces to remove these extra fcntl() calls
and more where possible, but we'll need them as a fallback for a couple
of systems, so do it that way in this initial commit.)

With this change, subprograms executed for archiving, copying etc will
no longer have access to the server's descriptors, other than the ones
that we decide to pass down.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (earlier version)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKb6FsAdQWcRL35KJsftv%2B9zXqQbzwkfRf1i0J2e57%2BhQ%40mail.gmail.com
2023-03-03 10:43:33 +13:00
Tom Lane 00b41463c2 Require empty Bitmapsets to be represented as NULL.
When I designed the Bitmapset module, I set things up so that an empty
Bitmapset could be represented either by a NULL pointer, or by an
allocated object all of whose bits are zero.  I've recently come to
the conclusion that that was a bad idea and we should instead have a
convention like the longstanding invariant for Lists, whereby an empty
list is represented by NIL and nothing else.

To do this, we need to fix bms_intersect, bms_difference, and a couple
of other functions to check for having produced an empty result; but
then we can replace bms_is_empty(a) by a simple "a == NULL" test.

This is very likely a (marginal) win performance-wise, because we
call bms_is_empty many more times than those other functions put
together.  However, the real reason to do it is that we have various
places that have hand-implemented a rule about "this Bitmapset
variable must be exactly NULL if empty", so that they can use
checks-for-null in place of bms_is_empty calls in particularly hot
code paths.  That is a really fragile, mistake-prone way to do things,
and I'm surprised that we've seldom been bitten by it.  It's not well
documented at all which variables have this property, so you can't
readily tell which code might be violating those conventions.  By
making the convention universal, we can eliminate a subtle source of
bugs.

Patch by me; thanks to Nathan Bossart and Richard Guo for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1159933.1677621588@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-03-02 11:47:26 -05:00
Tom Lane 141225b251 Mop up some undue familiarity with the innards of Bitmapsets.
nodeAppend.c used non-nullness of appendstate->as_valid_subplans as
a state flag to indicate whether it'd done ExecFindMatchingSubPlans
(or some sufficient approximation to that).  This was pretty
questionable even in the beginning, since it wouldn't really work
right if there are no valid subplans.  It got more questionable
after commit 27e1f1456 added logic that could reduce as_valid_subplans
to an empty set: at that point we were depending on unspecified
behavior of bms_del_members, namely that it'd not return an empty
set as NULL.  It's about to start doing that, which breaks this
logic entirely.  Hence, add a separate boolean flag to signal
whether as_valid_subplans has been computed.

Also fix a previously-cosmetic bug in nodeAgg.c, wherein it ignored
the return value of bms_del_member instead of updating its pointer.

Patch by me; thanks to Nathan Bossart and Richard Guo for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1159933.1677621588@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-03-02 11:37:37 -05:00
Tom Lane 462bb7f128 Remove bms_first_member().
This function has been semi-deprecated ever since we invented
bms_next_member().  Its habit of scribbling on the input bitmapset
isn't great, plus for sufficiently large bitmapsets it would take
O(N^2) time to complete a loop.  Now we have the additional problem
that reducing the input to empty while leaving it still accessible
would violate a planned invariant.  So let's just get rid of it,
after updating the few extant callers to use bms_next_member().

Patch by me; thanks to Nathan Bossart and Richard Guo for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1159933.1677621588@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-03-02 11:34:29 -05:00
Daniel Gustafsson 7ab1bc2939 Fix outdated references to guc.c
Commit 0a20ff54f split out the GUC variables from guc.c into a new file
guc_tables.c. This updates comments referencing guc.c regarding variables
which are now in guc_tables.c.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6B50C70C-8C1F-4F9A-A7C0-EEAFCC032406@yesql.se
2023-03-02 13:49:39 +01:00
Michael Paquier b8da37b3ad Rework pg_input_error_message(), now renamed pg_input_error_info()
pg_input_error_info() is now a SQL function able to return a row with
more than just the error message generated for incorrect data type
inputs when these are able to handle soft failures, returning more
contents of ErrorData, as of:
- The error message (same as before).
- The error detail, if set.
- The error hint, if set.
- SQL error code.

All the regression tests that relied on pg_input_error_message() are
updated to reflect the effects of the rename.

Per discussion with Tom Lane and Andrew Dunstan.

Author: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/139a68e1-bd1f-a9a7-b5fe-0be9845c6311@dunslane.net
2023-02-28 08:04:13 +09:00
Tom Lane 728560db7d Suppress compiler warnings in new pgstats code.
Some clang versions whine about comparing an enum variable to
a value outside the range of the enum, on the grounds that the
result must be constant.  In the cases we fix here, the loops
will terminate only if the enum variable can in fact hold a
value one beyond its declared range.  While that's very likely
to always be true for these enum types, it still seems like a
poor coding practice to assume it; so use "int" loop variables
instead to silence the warnings.  (This matches what we've done
in other places, for example loops over the range of ForkNumber.)

While at it, let's drop the XXX_FIRST macros for these enums and just
write zeroes for the loop start values.  The apparent flexibility
seems rather illusory given that iterating up to one-less-than-
the-number-of-values is only correct for a zero-based range.

Melanie Plageman

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20520.1677435600@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-02-27 17:21:31 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut b9f0e54bc9 Update types in smgr API
Change data buffer to void *, from char *, and add const where
appropriate.  This makes it match the File API (see also
2d4f1ba6cf) and stdio.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/11dda853-bb5b-59ba-a746-e168b1ce4bdb%40enterprisedb.com
2023-02-27 07:47:46 +01:00
Amit Kapila a6cd1fc692 Change xl_hash_vacuum_one_page.ntuples from int to uint16.
This will create two bytes of padding space in xl_hash_vacuum_one_page which
can be used for future patches. This makes the datatype of
xl_hash_vacuum_one_page.ntuples same as gistxlogDelete.ntodelete which is
advisable as both are used for the same purpose.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b0e20c40-cb7a-fc1c-c607-2a78dac5021e@gmail.com
2023-02-27 08:32:45 +05:30
Tom Lane 87f3667ec0 Fix MULTIEXPR_SUBLINK with partitioned target tables, yet again.
We already tried to fix this in commits 3f7323cbb et al (and follow-on
fixes), but now it emerges that there are still unfixed cases;
moreover, these cases affect all branches not only pre-v14.  I thought
we had eliminated all cases of making multiple clones of an UPDATE's
target list when we nuked inheritance_planner.  But it turns out we
still do that in some partitioned-UPDATE cases, notably including
INSERT ... ON CONFLICT UPDATE, because ExecInitPartitionInfo thinks
it's okay to clone and modify the parent's targetlist.

This fix is based on a suggestion from Andres Freund: let's stop
abusing the ParamExecData.execPlan mechanism, which was only ever
meant to handle initplans, and instead solve the execution timing
problem by having the expression compiler move MULTIEXPR_SUBLINK steps
to the front of their expression step lists.  This is feasible because
(a) all branches still in support compile the entire targetlist of
an UPDATE into a single ExprState, and (b) we know that all
MULTIEXPR_SUBLINKs do need to be evaluated --- none could be buried
inside a CASE, for example.  There is a minor semantics change
concerning the order of execution of the MULTIEXPR's subquery versus
other parts of the parent targetlist, but that seems like something
we can get away with.  By doing that, we no longer need to worry
about whether different clones of a MULTIEXPR_SUBLINK share output
Params; their usage of that data structure won't overlap.

Per bug #17800 from Alexander Lakhin.  Back-patch to all supported
branches.  In v13 and earlier, we can revert 3f7323cbb and follow-on
fixes; however, I chose to keep the SubPlan.subLinkId field added
in ccbb54c72.  We don't need that anymore in the core code, but it's
cheap enough to fill, and removing a plan node field in a minor
release seems like it'd be asking for trouble.

Andres Freund and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17800-ff90866b3906c964@postgresql.org
2023-02-25 14:44:14 -05:00
Jeff Davis 6974a8f768 Refactor to introduce pg_locale_deterministic().
Avoids the need of callers to test for NULL, and also avoids the need
to access the pg_locale_t structure directly.

Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a581136455c940d7bd0ff482d3a2bd51af25a94f.camel%40j-davis.com
2023-02-23 11:17:41 -08:00
Jeff Davis d87d548cd0 Refactor to add pg_strcoll(), pg_strxfrm(), and variants.
Offers a generally better separation of responsibilities for collation
code. Also, a step towards multi-lib ICU, which should be based on a
clean separation of the routines required for collation providers.

Callers with NUL-terminated strings should call pg_strcoll() or
pg_strxfrm(); callers with strings and their length should call the
variants pg_strncoll() or pg_strnxfrm().

Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Peter Geoghegan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a581136455c940d7bd0ff482d3a2bd51af25a94f.camel%40j-davis.com
2023-02-23 10:55:20 -08:00
Tomas Vondra e9960732a9 Introduce a generic pg_dump compression API
Switch pg_dump to use the Compression API, implemented by bf9aa490db.

The CompressFileHandle replaces the cfp* family of functions with a
struct of callbacks for accessing (compressed) files. This allows adding
new compression methods simply by introducing a new struct instance with
appropriate implementation of the callbacks.

Archives compressed using custom compression methods store an identifier
of the compression algorithm in their header instead of the compression
level. The header version is bumped.

Author: Georgios Kokolatos
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Rachel Heaton, Justin Pryzby, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/faUNEOpts9vunEaLnmxmG-DldLSg_ql137OC3JYDmgrOMHm1RvvWY2IdBkv_CRxm5spCCb_OmKNk2T03TMm0fBEWveFF9wA1WizPuAgB7Ss%3D%40protonmail.com
2023-02-23 18:33:40 +01:00
Tom Lane 739f1d6218 Fix mis-handling of outer join quals generated by EquivalenceClasses.
It's possible, in admittedly-rather-contrived cases, for an eclass
to generate a derived "join" qual that constrains the post-outer-join
value(s) of some RHS variable(s) without mentioning the LHS at all.
While the mechanisms were set up to work for this, we fell foul of
the "get_common_eclass_indexes" filter installed by commit 3373c7155:
it could decide that such an eclass wasn't relevant to the join, so
that the required qual clause wouldn't get emitted there or anywhere
else.

To fix, apply get_common_eclass_indexes only at inner joins, where
its rule is still valid.  At an outer join, fall back to examining all
eclasses that mention either input (or the OJ relid, though it should
be impossible for an eclass to mention that without mentioning either
input).  Perhaps we can improve on that later, but the cost/benefit of
adding more complexity to skip some irrelevant eclasses is dubious.

To allow cheaply distinguishing outer from inner joins, pass the
ojrelid to generate_join_implied_equalities as a separate argument.
This also allows cleaning up some sloppiness that had crept into
the definition of its join_relids argument, and it allows accurate
calculation of nominal_join_relids for a child outer join.  (The
latter oversight seems not to have been a live bug, but it certainly
could have caused problems in future.)

Also fix what might be a live bug in check_index_predicates: it was
being sloppy about what it passed to generate_join_implied_equalities.

Per report from Richard Guo.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-DsTBfOvXuw64GdFss2=M5cwtEhY=0DCS7t2gT7P6hSA@mail.gmail.com
2023-02-23 11:05:58 -05:00
Andres Freund 78be04e4c6 Add static assertion ensuring sizeof(ExprEvalStep) <= 64 bytes
This was previously only documented in a comment. Given the size of the
struct, it's not hard to miss that comment. As evidenced by the commits
leading up to fe3caa1439, 67b26703b4.

It's possible, but not likely, that we might have to weaken these assertions
on a less commonly used architecture.

Author: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/295606.1677101684@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-02-22 14:30:39 -08:00
John Naylor 83a611a259 Remove newly added asserts from pg_bitutils.h
These were valuable during development, but are unlikely to tell us
anything going forward. This reverts 204b0cbec and adjusts the content
of 677319746 to more closely match the more-readable original style.

Per review from Tom Lane

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/3567481.1676906261%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-02-22 17:22:43 +07:00
Peter Eisentraut 2ddab010c2 Implement ANY_VALUE aggregate
SQL:2023 defines an ANY_VALUE aggregate whose purpose is to emit an
implementation-dependent (i.e. non-deterministic) value from the
aggregated rows.

Author: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5cff866c-10a8-d2df-32cb-e9072e6b04a2@postgresfriends.org
2023-02-22 09:33:07 +01:00
John Naylor 6773197464 Add MSVC support for pg_leftmost_one_pos32() and friends
To allow testing for general support for fast bitscan intrinsics,
add symbols HAVE_BITSCAN_REVERSE and HAVE_BITSCAN_FORWARD.

Also do related cleanup in AllocSetFreeIndex(): Previously, we
tested for HAVE__BUILTIN_CLZ and copied the relevant internals of
pg_leftmost_one_pos32(), with a special fallback that does less
work than the general fallback for that function. Now that we have
a more general test, we just call pg_leftmost_one_pos32() directly
for platforms with intrinsic support. On gcc at least, there is no
difference in the binary for non-assert builds.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAFBsxsEPc%2BFnX_0vmmQ5DHv60sk4rL_RZJ%2BMD6ei%3D76L0kFMvA%40mail.gmail.com
2023-02-20 14:55:32 +07:00
John Naylor 204b0cbecb Add assert checking to pg_leftmost_one_pos32() and friends
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAFBsxsEPc%2BFnX_0vmmQ5DHv60sk4rL_RZJ%2BMD6ei%3D76L0kFMvA%40mail.gmail.com
2023-02-20 14:16:34 +07:00
David Rowley 2cb82e2acf Speedup and increase usability of set proc title functions
The setting of the process title could be seen on profiles of very
fast-to-execute queries.  In many locations where we call
set_ps_display() we pass along a string constant, the length of which is
known during compilation.  Here we effectively rename set_ps_display() to
set_ps_display_with_len() and then add a static inline function named
set_ps_display() which calls strlen() on the given string.  This allows
the compiler to optimize away the strlen() call when dealing with
call sites passing a string constant.  We can then also use memcpy()
instead of strlcpy() to copy the string into the destination buffer.
That's significantly faster than strlcpy's byte-at-a-time way of
copying.

Here we also take measures to improve some code which was adjusting the
process title to add a " waiting" suffix to it.  Call sites which require
this can now just call set_ps_display_suffix() to add or adjust the suffix
and call set_ps_display_remove_suffix() to remove it again.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvocBvvk-0gWNA2Gohe+sv9fMcv+fK_G+siBKJrgDG4O7g@mail.gmail.com
2023-02-20 16:18:27 +13:00
Michael Paquier 35739b87dc Redesign archive modules
A new callback named startup_cb, called shortly after a module is
loaded, is added.  This makes possible the initialization of any
additional state data required by a module.  This initial state data can
be saved in a ArchiveModuleState, that is now passed down to all the
callbacks that can be defined in a module.  With this design, it is
possible to have a per-module state, aimed at opening the door to the
support of more than one archive module.

The initialization of the callbacks is changed so as
_PG_archive_module_init() does not anymore give in input a
ArchiveModuleCallbacks that a module has to fill in with callback
definitions.  Instead, a module now needs to return a const
ArchiveModuleCallbacks.

All the structure and callback definitions of archive modules are moved
into their own header, named archive_module.h, from pgarch.h.
Command-based archiving follows the same line, with a new set of files
named shell_archive.{c,h}.

There are a few more items that are under discussion to improve the
design of archive modules, like the fact that basic_archive calls
sigsetjmp() by itself to define its own error handling flow.  These will
be adjusted later, the changes done here cover already a good portion
of what has been discussed.

Any modules created for v15 will need to be adjusted to this new
design.

Author: Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230130194810.6fztfgbn32e7qarj@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-02-17 14:26:42 +09:00
Thomas Munro d2ea2d310d Remove obsolete platforms from ps_status.c.
Time to remove various code, comments and configure/meson probes
relating to ancient BSD, SunOS, GNU/Hurd, IRIX, NeXT and Unixware.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJMNGUAqf27WbckYFrM-Mavy0RKJvocfJU%3DJ2XcAZyv%2Bw%40mail.gmail.com
2023-02-17 15:18:18 +13:00
Amit Kapila fce003cfde Add a new wait state and use it when sending data in the apply worker.
d9d7fe68d3 made use of an existing wait event when sending data from the
apply worker, but we should have invented a new wait event since this is a
new place to wait.

This patch corrects the mistake by using a new wait event
"LogicalApplySendData".

Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobWzbr9H3yN3dLVckviEZKemPwd+XyCFKEgyZQZhgP66Q@mail.gmail.com
2023-02-16 07:46:31 +05:30
David Rowley 5352ca22e0 Rename force_parallel_mode to debug_parallel_query
force_parallel_mode is meant to be used to allow us to exercise the
parallel query infrastructure to ensure that it's working as we expect.
It seems some users think this GUC is for forcing the query planner into
picking a parallel plan regardless of the costs.  A quick look at the
documentation would have made them realize that they were wrong, but the
GUC is likely too conveniently named which, evidently, seems to often
result in users expecting that it forces the planner into usefully
parallelizing queries.

Here we rename the GUC to something which casual users are less likely to
mistakenly think is what they need to make their query run more quickly.

For now, the old name can still be used.  We'll revisit if the old name
mapping can be removed once the buildfarm configs are all updated.

Reviewed-by: John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrsOi92_uA7PEaHZMH-S4Xv+MGhQWA+GrP8b1kjpS1HjQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-02-15 21:21:59 +13:00
Michael Paquier 9244c11afe Fix handling of SCRAM-SHA-256's channel binding with RSA-PSS certificates
OpenSSL 1.1.1 and newer versions have added support for RSA-PSS
certificates, which requires the use of a specific routine in OpenSSL to
determine which hash function to use when compiling it when using
channel binding in SCRAM-SHA-256.  X509_get_signature_nid(), that is the
original routine the channel binding code has relied on, is not able to
determine which hash algorithm to use for such certificates.  However,
X509_get_signature_info(), new to OpenSSL 1.1.1, is able to do it.  This
commit switches the channel binding logic to rely on
X509_get_signature_info() over X509_get_signature_nid(), which would be
the choice when building with 1.1.1 or newer.

The error could have been triggered on the client or the server, hence
libpq and the backend need to have their related code paths patched.
Note that attempting to load an RSA-PSS certificate with OpenSSL 1.1.0
or older leads to a failure due to an unsupported algorithm.

The discovery of relying on X509_get_signature_info() comes from Jacob,
the tests have been written by Heikki (with few tweaks from me), while I
have bundled the whole together while adding the bits needed for MSVC
and meson.

This issue exists since channel binding exists, so backpatch all the way
down.  Some tests are added in 15~, triggered if compiling with OpenSSL
1.1.1 or newer, where the certificate and key files can easily be
generated for RSA-PSS.

Reported-by: Gunnar "Nick" Bluth
Author: Jacob Champion, Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17760-b6c61e752ec07060@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 11
2023-02-15 10:12:16 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut 3b12e68a5c Change argument type of pq_sendbytes from char * to void *
This is a follow-up to 1f605b82ba.  It
allows getting rid of further casts at call sites.

Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/783a4edb-84f9-6df2-7470-2ef5ccc6607a@enterprisedb.com
2023-02-14 13:32:19 +01:00
Tom Lane e9a20e451f When removing a relation from the query, drop its RelOptInfo.
In commit b78f6264e I opined that it was "too risky" to delete a
relation's RelOptInfo from the planner's data structures when we have
realized that we don't need to join to it; so instead we just marked
it as a dead relation.  In hindsight that judgment seems flawed: any
subsequent access to such a dead relation is arguably a bug in
itself, so leaving the RelOptInfo present just helps to mask bugs.
Let's delete it instead, allowing removal of the whole notion of a
"dead relation".  So far as the regression tests can find, this
requires no other code changes, except for one Assert in equivclass.c
that was very dubiously not complaining about access to a dead rel.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/229905.1676062220@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-02-13 13:35:38 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut bd944884e9 Consolidate ItemPointer to Datum conversion functions
Instead of defining the same set of macros several times, define it
once in an appropriate header file.  In passing, convert to inline
functions.

Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/844dd4c5-e5a1-3df1-bfaf-d1e1c2a16e45%40enterprisedb.com
2023-02-13 09:57:15 +01:00
Michael Paquier 2a507f6fd8 Mark more nodes with attribute no_query_jumble
This commit removes most of the Plan and Path nodes, which should never
be included in the query jumbling because we ignore these in Query
nodes.  This is facilitated by making no_query_jumble an inherited
attribute, like no_copy, no_equal and no_read when the supertype of a
node is found as marked with that.

RawStmt is not used in parsed queries, so it can be removed from the
query jumbling.  A couple of nodes defined in pathnodes.h, plannodes.h
and primnodes.h with NodeTag as supertype need to be marked
individually.

Forcing the execution of the query jumbling code with compute_query_id =
auto while pg_stat_statements is loaded brings the code coverage of
queryjumblefuncs.funcs.c to 95.6%.

The core code does not yet include a way to enforce the execution in
query jumbling except in pg_stat_statements, so the numbers I am
mentioning above will not reflect on the default coverage report with
just what is done in this commit.

Reported-by: Tom Lane
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3344827.1675809127@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-02-13 09:07:33 +09:00
Andres Freund a9c70b46db Add pg_stat_io view, providing more detailed IO statistics
Builds on 28e626bde0 and f30d62c2fc. See the former for motivation.

Rows of the view show IO operations for a particular backend type, IO target
object, IO context combination (e.g. a client backend's operations on
permanent relations in shared buffers) and each column in the view is the
total number of IO Operations done (e.g. writes). So a cell in the view would
be, for example, the number of blocks of relation data written from shared
buffers by client backends since the last stats reset.

In anticipation of tracking WAL IO and non-block-oriented IO (such as
temporary file IO), the "op_bytes" column specifies the unit of the "reads",
"writes", and "extends" columns for a given row.

Rows for combinations of IO operation, backend type, target object and context
that never occur, are ommitted entirely. For example, checkpointer will never
operate on temporary relations.

Similarly, if an IO operation never occurs for such a combination, the IO
operation's cell will be null, to distinguish from 0 observed IO
operations. For example, bgwriter should not perform reads.

Note that some of the cells in the view are redundant with fields in
pg_stat_bgwriter (e.g. buffers_backend). For now, these have been kept for
backwards compatibility.

Bumps catversion.

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Author: Samay Sharma <smilingsamay@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Maciek Sakrejda <m.sakrejda@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukas Fittl <lukas@fittl.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200124195226.lth52iydq2n2uilq@alap3.anarazel.de
2023-02-11 09:52:15 -08:00
Michael Paquier 9e8b694d81 Fix typo in parsenodes.h
Introduced in a61b1f7 when RTEPermissionInfo got added.  Issue spotted
while reviewing the area for a different patch.
2023-02-10 15:37:41 +09:00
Andres Freund f30d62c2fc pgstat: Track more detailed relation IO statistics
Commit 28e626bde0 introduced the infrastructure for tracking more detailed IO
statistics. This commit adds the actual collection of the new IO statistics
for relations and temporary relations. See aforementioned commit for goals and
high-level design.

The changes in this commit are fairly straight-forward. The bulk of the change
is to passing sufficient information to the callsites of pgstat_count_io_op().

A somewhat unsightly detail is that it currently is hard to find a better
place to count fsyncs than in md.c, whereas the other pgstat_count_io_op()
calls are in bufmgr.c/localbuf.c. As the number of fsyncs is tied to md.c
implementation details, it's not obvious there is a better answer.

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200124195226.lth52iydq2n2uilq@alap3.anarazel.de
2023-02-09 22:22:26 -08:00
Michael Paquier ef7002dbe0 Fix various typos in code and tests
Most of these are recent, and the documentation portions are new as of
v16 so there is no need for a backpatch.

Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230208155644.GM1653@telsasoft.com
2023-02-09 14:43:53 +09:00
Andres Freund 28e626bde0 pgstat: Infrastructure for more detailed IO statistics
This commit adds the infrastructure for more detailed IO statistics. The calls
to actually count IOs, a system view to access the new statistics,
documentation and tests will be added in subsequent commits, to make review
easier.

While we already had some IO statistics, e.g. in pg_stat_bgwriter and
pg_stat_database, they did not provide sufficient detail to understand what
the main sources of IO are, or whether configuration changes could avoid
IO. E.g., pg_stat_bgwriter.buffers_backend does contain the number of buffers
written out by a backend, but as that includes extending relations (always
done by backends) and writes triggered by the use of buffer access strategies,
it cannot easily be used to tune background writer or checkpointer. Similarly,
pg_stat_database.blks_read cannot easily be used to tune shared_buffers /
compute a cache hit ratio, as the use of buffer access strategies will often
prevent a large fraction of the read blocks to end up in shared_buffers.

The new IO statistics count IO operations (evict, extend, fsync, read, reuse,
and write), and are aggregated for each combination of backend type (backend,
autovacuum worker, bgwriter, etc), target object of the IO (relations, temp
relations) and context of the IO (normal, vacuum, bulkread, bulkwrite).

What is tracked in this series of patches, is sufficient to perform the
aforementioned analyses. Further details, e.g. tracking the number of buffer
hits, would make that even easier, but was left out for now, to keep the scope
of the already large patchset manageable.

Bumps PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID.

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200124195226.lth52iydq2n2uilq@alap3.anarazel.de
2023-02-08 20:53:42 -08:00
David Rowley 9ed50ab349 Remove stray duplicated comment in heapam.h
This is just the same as what's written under the rs_numblocks field.

Reported-by: Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230207204127.7vs6krqjqn5farr7@liskov
2023-02-08 16:03:26 +13:00
Amit Kapila 8c58624df4 Fix the logical replication timeout during large DDLs.
The DDLs like Refresh Materialized views that generate lots of temporary
data due to rewrite rules may not be processed by output plugins (for
example pgoutput). So, we won't send keep-alive messages for a long time
while processing such commands and that can lead the subscriber side to
timeout. We have previously fixed a similar case for large transactions in
commit f95d53eded where the output plugin filters all or most of the
changes but missed to handle the DDLs.

We decided not to backpatch this as this adds a new callback in the
existing exposed structure and moreover, users can increase the
wal_sender_timeout and wal_receiver_timeout to avoid this problem.

Author: Wang wei, Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Ashutosh Bapat, Shi yu, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS3PR01MB6275478E5D29E4A563302D3D9E2B9@OS3PR01MB6275.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA5-nLARN7-3SLU_QUxfy510pmrYK6JJb=bk3hcgemAM_pAv+w@mail.gmail.com
2023-02-08 07:58:25 +05:30
Michael Paquier 9ba37b2cb6 Include values of A_Const nodes in query jumbling
Like the implementation for node copy, write and read, this node
requires a custom implementation so as the query jumbling is able to
consider the correct value assigned to it, depending on its type (int,
float, bool, string, bitstring).

Based on a dump of pg_stat_statements from the regression database, this
would confuse the query jumbling of the following queries:
- SET.
- COPY TO with SELECT queries.
- START TRANSACTION with different isolation levels.
- ALTER TABLE with default expressions.
- CREATE TABLE with partition bounds.

Note that there may be a long-term argument in tracking the location of
such nodes so as query strings holding such nodes could be normalized,
but this is left as a separate discussion.

Oversight in 3db72eb.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y9+HuYslMAP6yyPb@paquier.xyz
2023-02-07 09:03:54 +09:00
Robert Haas 8a2f783cc4 Disable STARTUP_PROGRESS_TIMEOUT in standby mode.
In standby mode, we don't actually report progress of recovery,
but up until now, startup_progress_timeout_handler() nevertheless
got called every log_startup_progress_interval seconds. That's
an unnecessary expense, so avoid it.

Report by Thomas Munro. Patch by Bharath Rupireddy, reviewed by
Simon Riggs, Thomas Munro, and me. Back-patch to v15, where
the problem was introduced.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BhUKGKCHSffAj8zZJKJvNX7ygnQFxVD6wm1d-2j3fVw%2BMafPQ%40mail.gmail.com
2023-02-06 10:51:08 -05:00
Michael Paquier 2f6e15ac93 Revert refactoring of restore command code to shell_restore.c
This reverts commits 24c35ec and 57169ad.  PreRestoreCommand() and
PostRestoreCommand() need to be put closer to the system() call calling
a restore_command, as they enable in_restore_command for the startup
process which would in turn trigger an immediate proc_exit() in the
SIGTERM handler.  Perhaps we could get rid of this behavior entirely,
but 24c35ec has made the window where the flag is enabled much larger
than it was, and any Postgres-like actions (palloc, etc.) taken by code
paths while the flag is enabled could lead to more severe issues in the
shutdown processing.

Note that curculio has showed that there are much more problems in this
area, unrelated to this change, actually, hence the issues related to
that had better be addressed first.  Keeping the code of HEAD in line
with the stable branches should make that a bit easier.

Per discussion with Andres Freund and Nathan Bossart.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y979NR3U5VnWrTwB@paquier.xyz
2023-02-06 08:28:42 +09:00
David Rowley f9bc34fcb6 Further refactor of heapgettup and heapgettup_pagemode
Backward and forward scans share much of the same page acquisition code.
Here we consolidate that code to reduce some duplication.

Additionally, add a new rs_coffset field to HeapScanDescData to track the
offset of the current tuple.  The new field fits nicely into the padding
between a bool and BlockNumber field and saves having to look at the last
returned tuple to figure out which offset we should be looking at for the
current tuple.

Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_bvkhka0CZQun28KTqhuUh5ZqY=_T8QEqZqOL02rpi2bw@mail.gmail.com
2023-02-03 11:48:39 +13:00
Thomas Munro cdf6518ef0 Retire PG_SETMASK() macro.
In the 90s we needed to deal with computers that still had the
pre-standard signal masking APIs.  That hasn't been relevant for a very
long time on Unix systems, and c94ae9d8 got rid of a remaining
dependency in our Windows porting code.  PG_SETMASK didn't expose
save/restore functionality, so we'd already started using sigprocmask()
directly in places, creating the visual distraction of having two ways
to spell it.  It's not part of the API that extensions are expected to
be using (but if they are, the change will be trivial).  It seems like a
good time to drop the old macro and just call the standard POSIX
function.

Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BKfQgrhHP2DLTohX1WwubaCBHmTzGnAEDPZ-Gug-Xskg%40mail.gmail.com
2023-02-03 11:29:46 +13:00
David Rowley e9aaf06328 Remove dead NoMovementScanDirection code
Here remove some dead code from heapgettup() and heapgettup_pagemode()
which was trying to support NoMovementScanDirection scans.  This code can
never be reached as standard_ExecutorRun() never calls ExecutePlan with
NoMovementScanDirection.

Additionally, plans which were scanning an unordered index would use
NoMovementScanDirection rather than ForwardScanDirection.  There was no
real need for this, so here we adjust this so we use ForwardScanDirection
for unordered index scans.  A comment in pathnodes.h claimed that
NoMovementScanDirection was used for PathKey reasons, but if that was
true, it no longer is, per code in build_index_paths().

This does change the non-text format of the EXPLAIN output so that
unordered index scans now have a "Forward" scan direction rather than
"NoMovement".  The text format of EXPLAIN has not changed.

Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_bvkhka0CZQun28KTqhuUh5ZqY=_T8QEqZqOL02rpi2bw@mail.gmail.com
2023-02-01 10:52:41 +13:00
Michael Paquier 3db72ebcbe Generate code for query jumbling through gen_node_support.pl
This commit changes the query jumbling code in queryjumblefuncs.c to be
generated automatically based on the information of the nodes in the
headers of src/include/nodes/ by using gen_node_support.pl.  This
approach offers many advantages:
- Support for query jumbling for all the utility statements, based on the
state of their parsed Nodes and not only their query string.  This will
greatly ease the switch to normalize the information of some DDLs, like
SET or CALL for example (this is left unchanged and should be part of a
separate discussion).  With this feature, the number of entries stored
for utilities in pg_stat_statements is reduced (for example now
"CHECKPOINT" and "checkpoint" mean the same thing with the same query
ID).
- Documentation of query jumbling directly in the structure definition
of the nodes.  Since this code has been introduced in pg_stat_statements
and then moved to code, the reasons behind the choices of what should be
included in the jumble are rather sparse.  Note that some explanation is
added for the most relevant parts, as a start.
- Overall code reduction and more consistency with the other parts
generating read, write and copy depending on the nodes.

The query jumbling is controlled by a couple of new node attributes,
documented in nodes/nodes.h:
- custom_query_jumble, to mark a Node as having a custom
implementation.
- no_query_jumble, to ignore entirely a Node.
- query_jumble_ignore, to ignore a field in a Node.
- query_jumble_location, to mark a location in a Node, for
normalization.  This can apply only to int fields, with "location" in
their name (only Const as of this commit).

There should be no compatibility impact on pg_stat_statements, as the
new code applies the jumbling to the same fields for each node (its
regression tests have no modification, for one).

Some benchmark of the query jumbling between HEAD and this commit for
SELECT and DMLs has proved that this new code does not cause a
performance regression, with computation times close for both methods.
For utility queries, the new method is slower than the previous method
of calculating a hash of the query string, though we are talking about
extra ns-level changes based on what I measured, which is unnoticeable
even for OLTP workloads as a query ID is calculated once per query
post-parse analysis.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y5BHOUhX3zTH/ig6@paquier.xyz
2023-01-31 15:24:05 +09:00
Tom Lane 3bef56e116 Invent "join domains" to replace the below_outer_join hack.
EquivalenceClasses are now understood as applying within a "join
domain", which is a set of inner-joined relations (possibly underneath
an outer join).  We no longer need to treat an EC from below an outer
join as a second-class citizen.

I have hopes of eventually being able to treat outer-join clauses via
EquivalenceClasses, by means of only applying deductions within the
EC's join domain.  There are still problems in the way of that, though,
so for now the reconsider_outer_join_clause logic is still here.

I haven't been able to get rid of RestrictInfo.is_pushed_down either,
but I wonder if that could be recast using JoinDomains.

I had to hack one test case in postgres_fdw.sql to make it still test
what it was meant to, because postgres_fdw is inconsistent about
how it deals with quals containing non-shippable expressions; see
https://postgr.es/m/1691374.1671659838@sss.pgh.pa.us.  That should
be improved, but I don't think it's within the scope of this patch
series.

Patch by me; thanks to Richard Guo for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/830269.1656693747@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-01-30 13:50:25 -05:00
Tom Lane b448f1c8d8 Do assorted mop-up in the planner.
Remove RestrictInfo.nullable_relids, along with a good deal of
infrastructure that calculated it.  One use-case for it was in
join_clause_is_movable_to, but we can now replace that usage with
a check to see if the clause's relids include any outer join
that can null the target relation.  The other use-case was in
join_clause_is_movable_into, but that test can just be dropped
entirely now that the clause's relids include outer joins.
Furthermore, join_clause_is_movable_into should now be
accurate enough that it will accept anything returned by
generate_join_implied_equalities, so we can restore the Assert
that was diked out in commit 95f4e59c3.

Remove the outerjoin_delayed mechanism.  We needed this before to
prevent quals from getting evaluated below outer joins that should
null some of their vars.  Now that we consider varnullingrels while
placing quals, that's taken care of automatically, so throw the
whole thing away.

Teach remove_useless_result_rtes to also remove useless FromExprs.
Having done that, the delay_upper_joins flag serves no purpose any
more and we can remove it, largely reverting 11086f2f2.

Use constant TRUE for "dummy" clauses when throwing back outer joins.
This improves on a hack I introduced in commit 6a6522529.  If we
have a left-join clause l.x = r.y, and a WHERE clause l.x = constant,
we generate r.y = constant and then don't really have a need for the
join clause.  But we must throw the join clause back anyway after
marking it redundant, so that the join search heuristics won't think
this is a clauseless join and avoid it.  That was a kluge introduced
under time pressure, and after looking at it I thought of a better
way: let's just introduce constant-TRUE "join clauses" instead,
and get rid of them at the end.  This improves the generated plans for
such cases by not having to test a redundant join clause.  We can also
get rid of the ugly hack used to mark such clauses as redundant for
selectivity estimation.

Patch by me; thanks to Richard Guo for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/830269.1656693747@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-01-30 13:44:36 -05:00
Tom Lane 2489d76c49 Make Vars be outer-join-aware.
Traditionally we used the same Var struct to represent the value
of a table column everywhere in parse and plan trees.  This choice
predates our support for SQL outer joins, and it's really a pretty
bad idea with outer joins, because the Var's value can depend on
where it is in the tree: it might go to NULL above an outer join.
So expression nodes that are equal() per equalfuncs.c might not
represent the same value, which is a huge correctness hazard for
the planner.

To improve this, decorate Var nodes with a bitmapset showing
which outer joins (identified by RTE indexes) may have nulled
them at the point in the parse tree where the Var appears.
This allows us to trust that equal() Vars represent the same value.
A certain amount of klugery is still needed to cope with cases
where we re-order two outer joins, but it's possible to make it
work without sacrificing that core principle.  PlaceHolderVars
receive similar decoration for the same reason.

In the planner, we include these outer join bitmapsets into the relids
that an expression is considered to depend on, and in consequence also
add outer-join relids to the relids of join RelOptInfos.  This allows
us to correctly perceive whether an expression can be calculated above
or below a particular outer join.

This change affects FDWs that want to plan foreign joins.  They *must*
follow suit when labeling foreign joins in order to match with the
core planner, but for many purposes (if postgres_fdw is any guide)
they'd prefer to consider only base relations within the join.
To support both requirements, redefine ForeignScan.fs_relids as
base+OJ relids, and add a new field fs_base_relids that's set up by
the core planner.

Large though it is, this commit just does the minimum necessary to
install the new mechanisms and get check-world passing again.
Follow-up patches will perform some cleanup.  (The README additions
and comments mention some stuff that will appear in the follow-up.)

Patch by me; thanks to Richard Guo for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/830269.1656693747@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-01-30 13:16:20 -05:00
Amit Kapila 1e8b61735c Rename GUC logical_decoding_mode to logical_replication_mode.
Rename the developer option 'logical_decoding_mode' to the more flexible
name 'logical_replication_mode' because doing so will make it easier to
extend this option in the future to help test other areas of logical
replication.

Currently, it is used on the publisher side to allow streaming or
serializing each change in logical decoding. In the upcoming patch, we are
planning to use it on the subscriber. On the subscriber, it will allow
serializing the changes to file and notifies the parallel apply workers to
read and apply them at the end of the transaction.

We discussed exposing this parameter as a subscription option but
it did not seem advisable since it is primarily used for testing/debugging
and there is no other such parameter. We also discussed having separate
GUCs for publisher and subscriber but for current testing/debugging
requirements, one GUC is sufficient.

Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Kuroda Hayato, Sawada Masahiko, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoAy2c=Mx=FTCs+EwUsf2kQL5MmU3N18X84k0EmCXntK4g@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+wyN6zpaHUkCLorEWNx75MG0xhMwcFhvjqm2KURZEAGw@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-30 08:02:08 +05:30
Tom Lane e4e89eb5bb Minor GUC code refactoring.
Split out "ConfigOptionIsVisible" to perform the privilege
check for GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY GUCs (which these days can also
be read by pg_read_all_settings role members), and move the
should-we-show-it checks from GetConfigOptionValues to its
sole caller.

This commit also removes get_explain_guc_options's check of
GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL, which seems to have got cargo-culted in there.
While there's no obvious use-case for marking a GUC both
GUC_EXPLAIN and GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL, if it were set up that way
one would expect EXPLAIN to show it --- if that's not what
you want, then don't set GUC_EXPLAIN.

In passing, simplify the loop logic in show_all_settings.

Nitin Jadhav, Bharath Rupireddy, Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMm1aWYgfekpRK-Jz5=pM_bV+Om=ktGq1vxTZ_dr1Z6MV-qokA@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-27 12:13:41 -05:00
Tom Lane 24ff700f6a Code review for commit 05a7be935.
Avoid having walreceiver code know explicitly about the precision
and underlying datatype of TimestampTz.  (There is still one
calculation that knows that, which should be replaced with use of
TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds; but we need to figure out what to do
about overflow cases first.)

In support of this, provide a TimestampTzPlusSeconds macro, as well
as TIMESTAMP_INFINITY and TIMESTAMP_MINUS_INFINITY macros.  (We could
have used the existing DT_NOEND and DT_NOBEGIN symbols, but I judged
those too opaque and confusing.)

Move GetCurrentTimestamp calls so that it's more obvious that we
are not using stale values of "now" anyplace.  This doesn't result
in net more calls, and might indeed make for net fewer.

Avoid having a dummy value in the WalRcvWakeupReason enum, so that
we can hope for the compiler to catch overlooked switch cases.

Nathan Bossart and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230125235004.GA1327755@nathanxps13
2023-01-26 12:51:00 -05:00
Peter Geoghegan 6c6b497266 Revert "Add eager and lazy freezing strategies to VACUUM."
This reverts commit 4d41799261.  Broad
concerns about regressions caused by eager freezing strategy have been
raised.  Whether or not these concerns can be worked through in any time
frame is far from certain.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230126004347.gepcmyenk2csxrri@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-01-25 22:22:27 -08:00
Peter Geoghegan 4d41799261 Add eager and lazy freezing strategies to VACUUM.
Eager freezing strategy avoids large build-ups of all-visible pages.  It
makes VACUUM trigger page-level freezing whenever doing so will enable
the page to become all-frozen in the visibility map.  This is useful for
tables that experience continual growth, particularly strict append-only
tables such as pgbench's history table.  Eager freezing significantly
improves performance stability by spreading out the cost of freezing
over time, rather than doing most freezing during aggressive VACUUMs.
It complements the insert autovacuum mechanism added by commit b07642db.

VACUUM determines its freezing strategy based on the value of the new
vacuum_freeze_strategy_threshold GUC (or reloption) with logged tables.
Tables that exceed the size threshold use the eager freezing strategy.
Unlogged tables and temp tables always use eager freezing strategy,
since the added cost is negligible there.  Non-permanent relations won't
incur any extra overhead in WAL written (for the obvious reason), nor in
pages dirtied (since any extra freezing will only take place on pages
whose PD_ALL_VISIBLE bit needed to be set either way).

VACUUM uses lazy freezing strategy for logged tables that fall under the
GUC size threshold.  Page-level freezing triggers based on the criteria
established in commit 1de58df4, which added basic page-level freezing.

Eager freezing is strictly more aggressive than lazy freezing.  Settings
like vacuum_freeze_min_age still get applied in just the same way in
every VACUUM, independent of the strategy in use.  The only mechanical
difference between eager and lazy freezing strategies is that only the
former applies its own additional criteria to trigger freezing pages.
Note that even lazy freezing strategy will trigger freezing whenever a
page happens to have required that an FPI be written during pruning,
provided that the page will thereby become all-frozen in the visibility
map afterwards (due to the FPI optimization from commit 1de58df4).

The vacuum_freeze_strategy_threshold default setting is 4GB.  This is a
relatively low setting that prioritizes performance stability.  It will
be reviewed at the end of the Postgres 16 beta period.

Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Jeff Davis <pgsql@j-davis.com>
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Matthias van de Meent <boekewurm+postgres@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkFok_6EAHuK39GaW4FjEFQsY=3J0AAd6FXk93u-Xq3Fg@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-25 14:15:38 -08:00
Tom Lane 3b4ac33254 Avoid type cheats for invalid dsa_handles and dshash_table_handles.
Invent separate macros for "invalid" values of these types, so that
we needn't embed knowledge of their representations into calling code.
These are all zeroes anyway ATM, so this is not fixing any live bug,
but it makes the code cleaner and more future-proof.

I (tgl) also chose to move DSM_HANDLE_INVALID into dsm_impl.h,
since it seems like it should live beside the typedef for dsm_handle.

Hou Zhijie, Nathan Bossart, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB5716860B1454C34E5B179B6694C99@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2023-01-25 11:48:38 -05:00
Robert Haas f1358ca52d Adjust interaction of CREATEROLE with role properties.
Previously, a CREATEROLE user without SUPERUSER could not alter
REPLICATION users in any way, and could not set the BYPASSRLS
attribute. However, they could manipulate the CREATEDB property
even if they themselves did not possess it.

With this change, a CREATEROLE user without SUPERUSER can set or
clear the REPLICATION, BYPASSRLS, or CREATEDB property on a new
role or a role that they have rights to manage if and only if
that property is set for their own role.

This implements the standard idea that you can't give permissions
you don't have (but you can give the ones you do have). We might
in the future want to provide more powerful ways to constrain
what a CREATEROLE user can do - for example, to limit whether
CONNECTION LIMIT can be set or the values to which it can be set -
but that is left as future work.

Patch by me, reviewed by Nathan Bossart, Tushar Ahuja, and Neha
Sharma.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobX=LHg_J5aT=0pi9gJy=JdtrUVGAu0zhr-i5v5nNbJDg@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-24 10:57:09 -05:00
Andres Freund 28a591711d Add helper library for use of libpq inside the server environment
Currently dblink and postgres_fdw don't process interrupts during connection
establishment. Besides preventing query cancellations etc, this can lead to
undetected deadlocks, as global barriers are not processed.

Libpqwalreceiver in contrast, processes interrupts during connection
establishment. The required code is not trivial, so duplicating it into
additional places does not seem like a good option.

These aforementioned undetected deadlocks are the reason for the spate of CI
test failures in the FreeBSD 'test_running' step.

For now the helper library is just a header, as it needs to be linked into
each extension using libpq, and it seems too small to be worth adding a
dedicated static library for.

The conversion to the helper are done in subsequent commits.

Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220925232237.p6uskba2dw6fnwj2@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-01-23 19:25:23 -08:00
Tom Lane 3cece34be8 Remove special outfuncs/readfuncs handling of RangeVar.catalogname.
Historically we skipped writing/reading this field, but that no
longer works under WRITE_READ_PARSE_PLAN_TREES since we expanded
the coverage of that option to include utility commands (787102b56).
Remove the special case and just treat this field normally.

Bump catversion out of an abundance of caution --- I do not think
we currently ever store RangeVar nodes in the catalogs, but
perhaps I'm wrong.

Per report from Pavel Stehule.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRAYvYu-qU7-NieqRRyaQZk-yr3UjtHQ2LR62PS9M1dZMA@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-23 13:33:19 -05:00
David Rowley 16fd03e956 Allow parallel aggregate on string_agg and array_agg
This adds combine, serial and deserial functions for the array_agg() and
string_agg() aggregate functions, thus allowing these aggregates to
partake in partial aggregations.  This allows both parallel aggregation to
take place when these aggregates are present and also allows additional
partition-wise aggregation plan shapes to include plans that require
additional aggregation once the partially aggregated results from the
partitions have been combined.

Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Tomas Vondra, Stephen Frost, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKJS1f9sx_6GTcvd6TMuZnNtCh0VhBzhX6FZqw17TgVFH-ga_A@mail.gmail.com
2023-01-23 17:35:01 +13:00
Tom Lane 5a3a95385b Track logrep apply workers' last start times to avoid useless waits.
Enforce wal_retrieve_retry_interval on a per-subscription basis,
rather than globally, and arrange to skip that delay in case of
an intentional worker exit.  This probably makes little difference
in the field, where apply workers wouldn't be restarted often;
but it has a significant impact on the runtime of our logical
replication regression tests (even though those tests use
artificially-small wal_retrieve_retry_interval settings already).

Nathan Bossart, with mostly-cosmetic editorialization by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221122004119.GA132961@nathanxps13
2023-01-22 14:08:46 -05:00
Andres Freund 03023a2664 instr_time: Represent time as an int64 on all platforms
Until now we used struct timespec for instr_time on all platforms but
windows. Using struct timespec causes a fair bit of memory (struct timeval is
16 bytes) and runtime overhead (much more complicated additions). Instead we
can convert the time to nanoseconds in INSTR_TIME_SET_CURRENT(), making the
remaining operations cheaper.

Representing time as int64 nanoseconds provides sufficient range, ~292 years
relative to a starting point (depending on clock source, relative to the unix
epoch or the system's boot time). That'd not be sufficient for calendar time
stored on disk, but is plenty for runtime interval time measurement.

On windows instr_time already is represented as cycles. It might make sense to
represent time as cycles on other platforms as well, as using cycle
acquisition instructions like rdtsc directly can reduce the overhead of time
acquisition substantially. This could be done in a fairly localized manner as
the code stands after this commit.

Because the windows and non-windows paths are now more similar, use a common
set of macros. To make that possible, most of the use of LARGE_INTEGER had to
be removed, which looks nicer anyway.

To avoid users of the API relying on the integer representation, we wrap the
64bit integer inside struct struct instr_time.

Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Lukas Fittl <lukas@fittl.com>
Author: David Geier <geidav.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230113195547.k4nlrmawpijqwlsa@awork3.anarazel.de
2023-01-20 21:16:47 -08:00
Michael Paquier 5d29d525ff Rework format of comments in headers for nodes
This is similar to 835d476, except that this one is to add node
attributes related to query jumbling and avoid long lines in the headers
and in the node structures changed by this commit.

Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y5BHOUhX3zTH/ig6@paquier.xyz
2023-01-21 12:17:02 +09:00
Michael Paquier 8eba3e3f02 Move queryjumble.c code to src/backend/nodes/
This will ease a follow-up move that will generate automatically this
code.  The C file is renamed, for consistency with the node-related
files whose code are generated by gen_node_support.pl:
- queryjumble.c -> queryjumblefuncs.c
- utils/queryjumble.h -> nodes/queryjumble.h

Per a suggestion from Peter Eisentraut.

Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y5BHOUhX3zTH/ig6@paquier.xyz
2023-01-21 11:48:37 +09:00
Robert Haas 557890920d Bump catversion for 6e2775e4d4.
It creates a new predefined role.
2023-01-20 16:37:26 -05:00
Robert Haas 6e2775e4d4 Add new GUC reserved_connections.
This provides a way to reserve connection slots for non-superusers.
The slots reserved via the new GUC are available only to users who
have the new predefined role pg_use_reserved_connections.
superuser_reserved_connections remains as a final reserve in case
reserved_connections has been exhausted.

Patch by Nathan Bossart. Reviewed by Tushar Ahuja and by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20230119194601.GA4105788@nathanxps13
2023-01-20 15:39:13 -05:00